OWNER’S MANUAL

ALFA

Alfawiki.nl

Alfawiki.nl

Dear Customer,
thank you for choosing Alfa Romeo.
Your Alfa Brera has been designed to guarantee the safety, comfort and driving pleasure typical of
Alfa Romeo.
This booklet will help you to get to know the characteristics and operation of your car.
The following pages contain all the indications necessary for you to be able to maintain the high standards of performance, quality, safety and respect for the environment which characterize your Alfa Brera.
The enclosed Warranty Booklet also contains the regulations, the warranty certificate and a guide to the services offered by Alfa Romeo.
Services which are essential and precious because, when you purchase an Alfa Romeo you are not only acquiring acar, but the tranquillity that comes from knowing that an efficient, willing and widespread organization is at your service for any assistance problems you may have.
Have a good trip.

This Owner Handbook describes all the versions of the Alfa Brera, so you should only consider
the information concerning the trim level, engine and version purchased by you.

Alfawiki.nl

MUST BE READ!
REFUELLINGKPetrol engines: only refuel with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) not less than 95.
Diesel engines: only refuel with diesel fuel conforming to the European specification EN590. The use ofother products or mixtures may irreparably damage the engine with invalidation of the warranty due to thedamage caused.

ENGINE STARTING
Petrol engines: ensure that the handbrake is up, fully press the clutch pedal, without pressing the accelerator, put
the gear lever neutral, fit the electronic key into the ignition device to stop limit, briefly press the START/STOP button.
Diesel engines: ensure that the handbrake is up, fully press the clutch pedal, without pressing the accelerator, put
the gear lever neutral, fit the electronic key down into the ignition device until it stops. The instrument panel warning
light m will turn on, wait for the warning light m to turn off. The hotter the engine is, the quicker this will happen,
briefly press the START/STOP button as soon as the warning light m turns on.

PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIALWhile working, the catalyst develops a very high temperature. Do not park the car over grass, dry leaves, pineneedles or any other inflammable materials: risk of fire.

RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT
A system for continuously monitoring emission system components to ensure greater environmental protection is fitted in your car.

Alfawiki.nl

ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES쇵

If, after buying the car, you decide to add electrical accessories (that will gradually drain the battery), contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services. They can calculate the overall electrical requirement and check that the car’s electric system can support the required load.

CODE CARD (for versions/markets, where provided)
Keep the code card in a safe place, not in the car.

SCHEDULED SERVICING
Correct maintenance of the car is essential for ensuring it stays in tip-top condition and safeguards its safety features, its environmental friendliness and low running costs for a long time to come.

THE OWNER HANDBOOK CONTAINS…
…information, tips and important warnings regarding the safe, correct driving of your car, and its maintenance. Pay particular attention to the symbols " (personal safety) # (environmental protection) â (car well-being).
Alfawiki.nl

Any queries concerning servicing should be forwarded to the showroom from which the car was purchased, the subsidiary company or to our branch offices or any point of the Alfa Romeo Network.
Warranty Booklet
The Warranty Booklet is delivered together with every new car and contains the regulations tied to the services given by Alfa Romeo Services and to the warranty conditions.
Correctly carrying out the scheduled services specified by the manufacturer is the best way to maintain the performance, safety characteristics and low running costs of your car. It is also necessary to maintain warranty cover.

“Service” guideThis contains the Alfa Romeo Authorized Services. The services can be recognized by the presence of the Alfa Romeobadge and logo.
The Alfa Romeo organization in Italy can be found in the telephone book under the letter “A” Alfa Romeo.
Not all the models described in this booklet are available in all countries. Only some of the fittings described in thisbooklet are fitted as standard to the car. The list of available accessories should be requested from the Alfa Romeo
Dealers.

Alfawiki.nl

THE SYMBOLS USED IN THIS BOOKLET
The symbols illustrated in these pages show the subjects which should,
in particular, be closely studied.

PERSONAL
SAFETY

Warning: partially or fully ignoringthese rules may lead to serious injury.

PROTECTING THE
ENVIRONMENTThis indicates the correct procedures
to be followed to preventthe car from damaging the environment.

CAR SAFETY

Warning: partially or fully ignoring theserules may lead to serious damage
being caused to the car which, in somecircumstances, may cause forfeiture of thewarranty cover.

The texts, illustrations and specifications given in this booklet refer to the car
at the time of going to press.
As part of our ongoing striving to improve our products, Alfa Romeo may introduce technical changes during production,
therefore the specifications and fittings may be altered without prior notice.
For details on this subject, please apply to the manufacturer’s sales network.

Alfawiki.nl

CEILING LIGHTS ................................................

75

INSTRUMENT PANEL .........................................

8

CONTROLS .......................................................

77

SYMBOLS .......................................................

9

INTERIOR FITTINGS............................................

80

THE ALFA ROMEO CODE SYSTEM .........................

9

FIXED PANORAMA ROOF ....................................

84

ELECTRONIC KEY ..............................................

11

DOORS ...........................................................

86

ALARM ...........................................................

17

POWER WINDOWS ...........................................

88

IGNITION DEVICE...............................................

19

BOOT ..............................................................

90

INSTRUMENTS..................................................

22

BONNET ..........................................................

96

RECONFIGURABLE MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY..........

26

ROOF RACK/SKI RACK ......................................

97

SEATS ............................................................

41

HEADLIGHTS.....................................................

97

HEAD RESTRAINTS.............................................

44

ABS SYSTEM ...................................................

99

STEERING WHEEL .............................................

45

VDC SYSTEM ................................................... 100

REARVIEW MIRRORS .........................................

46

EOBD SYSTEM ................................................. 104

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ...............................

49

SOUND SYSTEM ............................................... 104

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ...................

51

ACCESSORIES PURCHASED BY THE OWNER .......... 105

AUTOMATIC TWO-ZONE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

54

INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC DEVICES .. 105

ADDITIONAL HEATER .........................................

64

PARKING SENSORS ........................................... 106

EXTERNAL LIGHTS ............................................

65

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (T.P.M.S.) .. 109

INDEXDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

7

WINDOW WASHING .........................................

68

AT THE FILLING STATION .................................... 112

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESDASHBOARD ....................................................

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCEDASHBOARD AND CONTROLS6CRUISE CONTROL ............................................. Alfawiki.nl
72
PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT ........................ 114

A0F0056m

1. Adjustable and swivel side air vents - 2. Front side window demisting/defrosting vents - 3. External lights control lever- 4. Instrument panel - 5. Driver’s air bag and horn - 6. Windscreen wiper control lever - 7. Upper central vent - 8. Adjustable and swivel central air vents - 9. Fuel level gauge/engine coolant temperature gauge/engine oil temperature gauge(petrol versions) or turbocharger pressure gauge (diesel versions) - 10. Passenger’s air bag - 11. Passenger’s knees air
bag (for versions/markets, where provided) - 12. Glove box - 13. Sound system - 14. Heating/ventilation/climate controls - 15. Engine START/STOP button - 16. Ignition device - 17. Driver’s knees air bag - 18. Sound system controlson the steering wheel (for versions/markets, where provided) - 19. Cruise Control lever (for versions/markets, where provided) 20. Bonnet opening lever - 21. Dashboard fusebox lid - 22. Switches for external lights, trip meter reset and headlamp aiming device.
Alfawiki.nl

INDEX

fig. 1TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSDASHBOARD

7

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESINSTRUMENT PANEL
A. Speedometer (speed indicator)
B. Warning lights
C. Rev counterc m Warning lights on diesel

versions only

On diesel versions the rev counterend scale value is at 6000 rpm.
Fig. 2

A0F0198m

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

D. Reconfigurable multifunction display

8

A. Speedometer (speed indicator)
B. Warning lights
C. Rev counter
D. Reconfigurable multifunction display

Alfawiki.nl
Fig. 2/a - 1750
TURBO BENZINA version

A0F0330m

A0F0138m

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES
INDEX

fig. 3

An electronic device, in fact, is fitted ineach electronic key grip. The device
transmits a radio-frequency signal whenthe engine is started through a special
aerial built into the ignition switch on thedashboard. The modulated signal, whichchanges each time the engine is started, is the “password”, by means ofwhich the control unit recognises theelectronic key and enables to start theengine.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

The plate summarising the symbols used
fig. 3 can be found under the bonnet.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

To further protect you car from theft, it
has been fitted with an engine immobilising system. This system is automatically activated when the electronic
key is removed.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Special coloured labels have been attached near or actually on some of thecomponents of your car. These labelsbear symbols that remind you of the precautions to be taken as regards that particular component.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

THE ALFA ROMEO
CODE SYSTEMSYMBOLS

Alfawiki.nl
9

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESThe code is sent only if the Alfa Romeo
CODE system control unit has recognised
the code transmitted from the electronic key.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Each time the electronic key is fitted into the ignition switch, the Alfa Romeo
CODE system control unit sends a recognition code to the engine control unit
to deactivate the inhibitor.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

OPERATION

10

If when fitting the electronic key into theignition device or starting engine thecode has not been recognised correctly, a message + symbol will be shownon the display (see section “Warning
lights and messages”).
In this case, the electronic key should
be removed and refitted; if the lock continues, possibly try again with the other keys provided with the car. If it is still
not possible to start the car contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

Message + symbol Y
displaying when driving
If message + symbol Y are displayed
this means that the system is runninga self-test (for example for a voltagedrop).
If message + symbol Y continue tostay on the display, contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services.
IMPORTANT Every electronic key has
its own code, which must be memorisedby the system control unit. To memorise
new keys, up to a maximum of eight,
apply solely to Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services taking with you all the keys inyour possession, the CODE card, a personal identity document and the car’s
possession documents. The codes of thekeys not provided during the new memorising procedure are erased from thememory. This is to ensure that any lostor stolen keys can no longer be used
to start the car.

Alfawiki.nl

The electronic components inside the key may
be damaged if the key issubmitted to sharp knocks.

If 2 seconds after fitting
the electronic key into
the ignition switch themessage + symbol continue tobe displayed, this means thatthe code of the keys has notbeen memorised, thus the car is
not protected by the Alfa Romeo
CODE system against attempted theft. In this case, contact an
Alfa Romeo Authorized Service
to have the key codes memorised.

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSELECTRONIC KEY

The electronic key operates the ignition
switch.
Button Á shall be used for central locking of doors, tailgate and fuel cap withalarm activation (for versions/markets,
where provided).
When doors are locked, door mirrors will
fold (for versions/markets, where provided); mirrors will be brought automatically to driving position when refitting theignition key. This function can be deactivated (see paragraph “Rearview mirrors”).

Button ` shall be used to open the
tailgate.
When unlocking the doors by pressing
button Ë, if by 2.5 minutes no door or
the boot is opened, the system will automatically lock the car again.
When unlocking the doors, the driver's
window will slightly open to facilitate
door opening. If the door is not opened,
the window will re-close automatically
3 minutes after. If the door is opened,
the window will re-close when re-closing
the door.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Button Ë shall be used for central opening of doors and fuel cap with alarm deactivation (for versions/markets, where
provided).

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

The car is delivered with two copies of
the key with remote control.

A0F0021m

IN AN
EMERGENCY

If the car changes owner, the new owner mustbe given the electronic
key and the CODE card.

ELECTRONIC KEY fig. 5

fig. 5TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

The code numbers on the CODE card
must be kept in a safe place, not in thecar.

A0F0023m

fig. 4INDEX

The CODE card fig. 4, delivered withthe keys, contains the mechanical code
A and the electronic one B.

SAFETYDEVICESCODE CARD(for versions/markets,
where provided)

Alfawiki.nl
11

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSIMPORTANT Never expose the electronic key to direct sunlight: risk of damages.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESIMPORTANT Remote control frequency may be disturbed by radio transmissions outside the car (e.g. mobile
phones, hams, etc…). In this event remote control may be failing.

12

fig. 6

A0F0022m

The electronic key fig. 6 is fitted witha metal insert A, that can be extracted
by pressing button B.
The metal insert operates the following:❒ central door locking/unlocking by
operating the driver’s door lock (withflat car battery only the driver’s door
will open);fig. 7WARNING

Never leave the electronic key unattended
to prevent anyone, especiallychildren, from holding it andpressing button B-fig. 6 inadvertently.

❒ windows opening/closing;❒ switch (for versions/markets, where
provided) for deactivating the passenger’s air bag and knees air bag(for versions/markets, where provided);

Replacing the battery of theelectronic key
If when pressing button Ë, Á, or `,control given is refused or failing, thebattery should be replaced with anequivalent one that can be purchased atcommon stores.
To be sure that the battery is to be replaced, try again to press buttons Ë,Á, or ` with another electronic key.
When closing the tailgate again, protection sensors are restored and direction indicators will flash once.

❒ safe-lock device (for versions/markets, where provided);❒ emergency unlocking of electronic
key from ignition switch.

A0F0021m

Alfawiki.nl

❒ take out the metal insert A by pressing button B;❒ remove the snap-fitted case B-fig.
9 (red) by levering with the metal
insert A of the electronic key in the
point shown in the figure;❒ put the new battery into the casewith the correct bias;❒ put the case down into its seat andrefit the metal insert.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR❒ remove the battery D-fig. 8 fromthe case taking note of the bias (inthe figure the positive pole is facing
downwards);

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

To change the battery fig. 8 proceed
as follows:

A0F0242m

fig. 9TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

A0F0035m

INDEX

fig. 8Used batteries areharmful to the environment. They should be
disposed of as specified by law
in the special containers provided, or take them to Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services
which will deal with their disposal.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

IMPORTANT Never touch the electriccontacts of the key and prevent fluid or
dust infiltration inside it.

Alfawiki.nl
13

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

14

SAFE LOCK DEVICE(for versions/markets,
where provided)
This safety system inhibits the operationof the car door handles.
The safe lock device represents top protection against break in attempts. Activate it each time you park the car.

WARNING

Once the safe lock device has been actuated,
doors cannot be opened frominside the car in any way
whatsoever. For this reason,
make sure there are no persons left inside the car.

WARNING

If the key battery isflat, the safe lock device can only be deactivated byunlocking the doors by turning
the metal insert of the electronic key into the driver’s
door lock or by fitting the electronic key into the ignition device.

Alfawiki.nl

WARNING

If the car battery isdown, the safe lock device can be activated only using the metal insert of theelectronic key on the driver’s
door revolving plug: in thiscase the safe lock device is active on front passenger’s door.

Device activation
The device is automatically activated on
every door in the following cases:

IN AN
EMERGENCY❒ turning twice the metal insert of theelectronic key into the driver door tolocking position;❒ when fitting the electronic key into
the ignition switch.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS❒ when unlocking only the driver’s
door (where possible);❒ when unlocking the doors ;SAFETYDEVICES

Should one of the doors be not perfectly closed, the safe lock device is not activated, thus preventing that a person
getting into the car from the open door
remains blocked inside the passenger’s
compartment when he/she closes thedoor.

The device is deactivated automaticallyon every door in the following cases:

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

A0F0021m

Device deactivation

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

fig. 10Device activation is signalled by three
flashes of the led on the driver’s door
panel and, only if activated by pressing
the electronic key button Á, of direction
indicators.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE❒ pressing twice the electronic key button Á.

Alfawiki.nl
15

Doors,tailgateand fuel cap
unlockingDoors,
tailgateand fuel
cap
locking

Electronic
key

Brief press on
button Ë (*)

Brief press on
button Á

Prolonged
Prolonged
Double pressing
pressingpressing(within 1 second)(over 2 seconds) (over 2 seconds)
on button Áon button Ëon button ÁEmergency
metal
insertElectronic key
rotationclockwise (*)

Electronic key
rotationcounter-clockwise

Electronic key
rotationfor over2 seconds
clockwise

Direction
indicators
flashing

2 flashings

1 flashing

2 flashings

Led ondriver’s door

Deterrence
led off

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

The main functions that can be activated with the electronic key or with the emergency metals insert are the following:

16

Window
opening

Windowclosing

Safe lock(for versions/markets, where
provided)Electronic key Double electronicrotationkey rotationfor overwithin 1 second
2 seconds
counter-clockwise
counter-clockwise
1 flashingTurning on fixed Deterrence led off Turning on fixedfor 3 seconds,
for 3 seconds,
followed by deterfollowed byrence led
deterrence led
flashing
flashing

Tailgate
opening

Brief press on
button `–3 flashings

2 flashings

Doubleflashing,
followed bydeterrence led
flashing–(*) It is possible to set the option “Unlocking front door only” through the “Setup Menu” (see paragraph “Reconfigurable multifunction display” in this section). In this case pressing button Á and turning the metal insert of the electronic key counter-clockwise will unlock the driver’s door only. To unlock all
the doors, press twice button Ë within 1 second or turn twice the metal insert of the electronic key counter-clockwise.
IMPORTANT Window opening operation is a consequence of a door unlocking control. Window closing operation is a consequence of a door lockAlfawiki.nl
ing control.

❒ attempt to start the engine withunauthorised electronic key;
❒ battery cable cutting;❒ presence of moving bodies in thepassenger’s compartment (volumetric protection);❒ abnormal raising/sloping of the car(for versions/markets, where provided);
Volumetric and anti-raising protections
can be cut off by operating the front ceiling light controls(see paragraph “Volumetric protection/Anti-raising sensor”
on the following pages).

IMPORTANT Central door unlocking
by the emergency electronic key will notdeactivate the alarm, therefore withalarm on the siren will activate when
opening one of the doors or the boot.
To deactivate the siren see paragraph“How to deactivate the alarm”.
IMPORTANT The engine immobiliser
function is guaranteed by the Alfa
Romeo CODE system, which is automatically activated when the electronic
key is removed from the ignition device.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESfig. 11

A0F0034m

HOW TO ACTIVATETHE ALARM
With the doors, bonnet and boot shutand electronic key removed from ignition switch, point the electronic key inthe direction of the car, then press andrelease the button Á.
With the exception of certain markets,
the system sounds a “beep” and thedoors are locked.
Engagement of the alarm is precededby a self-diagnostic test characterised bya different flashing of the driver’s door
led A-fig. 11: if a fault is detected thesystem sounds a further warning“beep”.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR❒ unlawful opening of doors, bonnet
and boot (perimetral protection);

A maximum number of sound/sight cycles is however envisaged. Once thealarm cycle is over, the system will restore its normal operation.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

The alarm comes into action in the following cases:

IN AN
EMERGENCY

WHEN THE ALARM
IS TRIGGEREDTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE(for versions/markets, where provided)

Depending on the markets, the triggering of the alarm will activate the siren
and the hazard warning lights (for about
26 seconds). The methods of operationand the number of cycles may vary depending on the versions/markets.

INDEX

ALARM

Alfawiki.nl
17

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

18

Surveillance
When the system has been turned on,
the led A-fig. 11 will flash to indicatethat the system is in the surveillance
mode. The led will flash continuously
while the system is under surveillance.
IMPORTANT Operation of the alarmis adapted at the origin to the regulations of the different countries.
Self-diagnosis and monitoringof doors/bonnet/bootIf, after the alarm has been activated, asecond acoustic signal is heard, turn thesystem off by pressing button Ë, checkfor proper locking of doors, bonnet andboot, then turn the system on again bypressing button Á.
Otherwise if a door or bonnet/boot lid
is not correctly closed it will not be controlled by the system. If the control signal is repeated when the doors and bonnet/boot are closed properly this meansthat the self-diagnosis function has detected a system operating fault, in whichcase it is necessary to contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services.

HOW TO DEACTIVATETHE ALARM
Press button Ë. The system will react asfollows (with the exception of certain
markets):❒ two brief flashes of the direction indicators;❒ two brief “beeps”;❒ door unlocking.
The alarm can be deactivated by fitting
the electronic key into the ignition
switch.
IMPORTANT On certain versions any
attempt to break in detected by the system will be indicated by a warning message on the instrument panel display
when fitting the electronic key into theignition switch.

fig. 12

A0F0086m

VOLUMETRIC PROTECTION/
ANTI-RAISING SENSORS
To make sure that the protection sensors
are working properly, check that windows are shut.
This function can be cut out (for example if you leave animals on the car) bypressing button A-fig. 12 on the front
ceiling light within 1 minute after instrument panel turning off.
When this function is off the button led
will turn on. Volumetric protection/antiraising sensors cut out shall be repeated at each instrument panel turning off.

Alfawiki.nl

MINISTERIALHOMOLOGATION❒ button START/STOP (set underthe electronic key reading device).

In keeping with the laws in force in eachcountry on the subject of radio frequency, for markets in which the transmitter needs to be marked the certification number is given on the component. For certain versions/markets, thecode may also be marked on the transmitter and/or on the receiver.

IMPORTANT To prevent running
down the battery do not leave the electronic key into the ignition device whenthe engine is off.

WARNINGDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS
A0F0219m

fig. 13WARNING

When leaving the caralways remove theelectronic key from the ignition
device to prevent any passenger in the car from inadvertently activating the controls.
Remember to engage thehandbrake and if the car is facing uphill, first gear and if the
car is facing downhill, reverse.
Never leave children unattended in the car.

INDEX

If the ignition device istampered with (for example during an attempted
break-in) have it checked overby Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services before travellingagain.

SAFETYDEVICES❒ electronic key reading device
A-fig. 13 (set near the steering
wheel);CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

The ignition device is located on thedashboard and it consists of the following:

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

To deactivate the alarm system completely (for instance during prolonged
inactivity of the car) simply lock the carby rotating the metal insert (provided
inside the electronic key) into the driver’s door lock.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

IGNITION DEVICETECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

HOW TO CUT OFF THE
ALARM SYSTEM

Alfawiki.nl
19

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSINDEXTURNING THE INSTRUMENTPANEL OFF

Proceed as follows:

With the engine off and brake and clutch
pedal released, press button
START/STOP or take the electronic
key out of the ignition device.

❒ fit the electronic key into the ignition
device;SAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

20

TURNING THE INSTRUMENTPANEL ON

fig. 14

A0F0028m

ENGINE STARTING
See paragraph “Engine starting” in section “Correct use of the car”.
START/STOP BUTTON
fig. 14
Button START/STOP, set on thedashboard, controls car electric systems
and engine starting/stopping.
Button START/STOP is fitted withknurled ring and led. When the led andthe instrument panel are on, the engine
can be started.

❒ if the electronic key is fitted yet,press button START/ STOP without pressing the clutch or brake pedal.
To safeguard the battery, when leaving
the car with the instrument panel on,electric and electronic devices will be deactivated after approx. 1 hour.
IMPORTANT Fit the electronic key into the ignition device completely until
it locks into place.
IMPORTANT If when fitting the electronic key into the ignition device the instrument panel stays off, contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services.
IMPORTANT If when fitting the electronic key into the ignition device, symbol Y is displayed (on certain versions
together with a message) check
whether the electronic key is the proper one and then try to refit it into theignition device.
If the problem persists
Alfawiki.nl
contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

Few seconds after the instrument panel will gradually turn off.
IMPORTANT If when removing theelectronic key from the ignition device
the instrument panel stays on, contact
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

WARNING

It is absolutely forbidden
to carry out whateverafter-market operation involving steering system or steeringcolumn modifications (e.g.: installation of anti-theft device)that could badly affect performance and safety, cause thelapse of warranty and also result in non-compliance of the carwith homologation requirements.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIMPORTANT Steering column lock failure is indicated by symbol + message on
the display. In this event contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

IMPORTANT Switching the engine off
when the car is running will not engage
the steering column lock till next switching off of the engine with car stopped. In
this event a dedicated message will be displayed.

IMPORTANT If after turning the instrument panel on and/or starting the engine, the display shows the message “Carprotection system not available”, repeat
the operation using the moving the steering wheel to facilitate steering column unlocking. Displaying of the warning message will not impair steering column lockregular operation.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Engaging
The steering column lock will engage
5 seconds after removing the electronic key from the ignition device and if thefollowing conditions are present:❒ engine off;
❒ instrument panel off with car at astandstill;❒ electronic key removed from ignition
device.

Disengaging
The steering column lock will disengage
after fitting the electronic key into theignition device.

INDEX

STEERING COLUMN LOCK

Alfawiki.nl
21

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESFUEL GAUGE fig. 15
The pointer shows the amount of fuelleft in the tank.

REV. COUNTER
Rev counter shows engine rpm. The danger zone (red) indicates excessive highengine revs. Do not drive for long periods with the pointer in this area.
IMPORTANT The electronic injection
control system gradually shuts off theflow of fuel when the engine is “overrevving” (rev counter pointer in redarea) resulting in a gradual loss of engine power, in order to bring back rpm
below the safety limit.

0 - tank empty.
1 - tank full (see the indications given
in paragraph “At the filling station").
A0F00177m

fig. 15

The rev counter may, when the engine is
idling, indicate gradual or sudden increaseof engine revs as the case may be; such
behaviour is normal and must not be interpreted as a faulty condition as it occurs
during normal operation, for instance whenclimate control or electric fan are switched
on. In particular, slow revs variation helps
keep the battery charged.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

INSTRUMENTS

22

Alfawiki.nl

The fuel gauge warning light turns on toindicate that approx. 10 litres of fuel areleft in the tank. When range falls below
50 km (or 31 mi) the display will show
a dedicated warning message.

If warning light K starts
flashing when travelling, contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services.

This shows the temperature of the engine coolant fluid and begins working
when the fluid temperature exceeds approx. 50°C.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
INDEX

The pointer should normally be towards
the middle of the scale. If the pointerreaches the red sector, reduce your demand on the engine.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE GAUGE
fig. 16IN AN
EMERGENCY

A0F0178m

fig. 16

IMPORTANT The temperature of theengine coolant may rise towards the
maximum values (red sector) when the
car is driven at low speeds, uphill, fully
laden or during towing, especially if theambient temperature is high.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

The turning on of the warning light u(together with a message on the display) indicates that the coolant fluid
temperature is too high; in this case,stop the engine and contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services.

IMPORTANT Under certain conditions(heavy slopes, for instance), the readingon the gauge may differ from the actual
amount of fuel in the tank and changes
in level may be indicated late. This condition falls within the regular operating logics of the fuel gauge.

Alfawiki.nl
23

fig. 17

A0F0179m

This shows the temperature of the engine oil and begins working when theoil temperature exceeds approx. 70°C.
If the pointer reaches the red sector, reduce your demand on the engine.

INDEX

IN AN
EMERGENCY

ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE
GAUGE(petrol versions except
1750 TURBO BENZINA)
fig. 17TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCEWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

The turning on of the warning light `when travelling (together with a message on the display) indicates that theoil temperature is too high; in this case,stop the engine and contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services.

24

IMPORTANT The temperature of theengine oil may rise towards the maximum values (red sector) when the car
is driven at low speeds, uphill, fully
laden or during towing, especially if theambient temperature is high.

fig. 18

A0F0180m

TURBOCHARGER PRESSURE
GAUGE (1750 TURBOBENZINA and diesel
versions) fig. 18
This shows the turbocharger pressure
value.

Alfawiki.nl

To increase light intensity press briefly
button + on the left-hand stalk, to reduce it press button –: the display willshow an indication and a figure corresponding to the current light intensity
level. This screen will be displayed fora few seconds and then it will go off.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

To reset the trip meter, keep button A
pressed for a few seconds.

To give max. visibility and comfort under whatever driving conditions (e.g.:lights on in daylight, tunnels, etc…), thespeedometer is fitted with a sensor foradjusting automatically, after fitting theelectronic key into the ignition device andpressing button START/STOP, thelight intensity of the instrument panel display, sound system display, climate control system display, radionavigation system display (for versions/markets,
where provided), and instruments (i.e.:
fuel level gauge, engine oil temperaturegauge for petrol versions or turbocharger pressure gauge for diesel versions, andengine coolant temperature gauge).

IN AN
EMERGENCY

TRIP METER RESET fig. 19

With this function it is possible to adjuston 8 levels the light intensity of the indications given on the instrument panel display, sound system display, climate control system display, radionavigation system display (for versions/markets,
where provided), and instruments (i.e.:
fuel level gauge, engine oil temperaturegauge for petrol versions or turbocharger
pressure gauge for diesel versions, and engine coolant temperature gauge).

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

A0F0072m

AUTOMATIC INSTRUMENTPANEL LIGHT DIMMER

INDEX

fig. 19

MANUAL INSTRUMENTPANEL LIGHT DIMMER

Alfawiki.nl
25

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

26

RECONFIGURABLE
MULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY

INFORMATION ABOUT CAR
CONDITIONS (at event)The “Reconfigurable multifunction display” shows all the useful informationnecessary when driving, more particularly:❒ Instrument panel light dimmer;

INFORMATION ON
STANDARD SCREEN❒ Clock A-fig. 20;❒ External temperature B;❒ Date C;❒ Partial km (or miles) covered D;❒ Total km (or miles) covered E;❒ Indications on car conditions F (e.g.:
doors open, or possible ice on road,etc. ...).

❒ Scheduled servicing;❒ Trip computer;❒ Engine oil level;
A0F0015m

fig. 20

The date C in the middle of the display
will stay on until another display info isactivated (e.g. “Light dimmer”) or other information on car conditions.
With ignition key removed (when opening a door) the display will turn on andindicate for a few seconds time, km (ormi) covered and external temperature .

Alfawiki.nl

IMPORTANT When opening a door
the display will show for a few seconds
the time, the km covered and the external temperature.

+/– to scroll up/down the “Setup
Menu” options or to increase/decrease
the value displayed on the screen.
When the standard screen is displayed
buttons +/– activate instrument panel
light dimming.

A0F0074m

fig. 21“SETUP MENU”
There is also a “Setup Menu” enablingto perform the adjustments and/or settings described on the following pages
by pressing button MENU and +/–(see fig. 21). The Setup menu can be
activated by pressing briefly button
MENU.
The menu comprises a series of functions arranged in a “circular fashion”
fig. 22.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESINDEXLong push on button: to go back toprevious screen without saving the selected option.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR❒ briefly press button MENU to select the main menu option to set;
❒ operate buttons + or – (by single
press) to select the new setting;❒ briefly press button MENU to store
new setting and go back to the previously selected option of the mainmenu.

Short push on button: to confirm
the required option and/or to go to nextscreen;WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

MENU

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Selecting an option of the main
menu without submenu:

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

CONTROL BUTTONS

Alfawiki.nl
27

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES❒ briefly press button MENU to display the first submenu option;❒ operate buttons + or – (by single
press) to scroll all submenu options;❒ briefly press button MENU to selectthe displayed submenu option andto enter the corresponding setup
menu;❒ operate buttons + or – (by single
press) to select the new setting of thissubmenu option;❒ briefly press button MENU to store
the new setting and go back to thepreviously selected submenu option.

Selecting “Date” and “Clock”:❒ briefly press button MENU to selectthe first value to change (e.g. hours/minutes or year /month /day);❒ operate buttons + or – (by single
press) to select the new setting;❒ briefly press button MENU to store
new setting and go back to the previously selected option of the main
menu, if this is the last one you willgo back to the previously selected
option of the main menu.

INDEX

28

ENGINE OIL
LEVEL INDICATION
Fitting the electronic key into the ignition device, the display will show for a
few seconds the engine oil level. At thisstage, to clear this indication and to go
to next screen, press button MENU.
Low/excessive oil level will be indicated by a dedicated warning message on
the display.
IMPORTANT Check the proper engine oil level on the dipstick (see paragraph “Checking levels” in section “Car
maintenance”).
IMPORTANT Proper engine oil level
shall be checked with the car on levelground.
IMPORTANT For proper oil level indication, after fitting the key, wait for
about 2 seconds before starting the engine.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Selecting an option of the main
menu with submenu:

IMPORTANT Engine oil level could increase after a long stop.

Alfawiki.nl

SPEED LIMIT

LIGHT SENS.

RESET TRIP B
CLOCK

SERVICEDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESIN AN
EMERGENCYQUIT SETUPWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Briefly press button MENU to access navigation from the standard screen. To surf the menu press buttons + or –. For safety reasons, when the car is running, it is possible to access only the reduced menu (for setting “Speed limit”). When the car is stationary
access to the whole menu is enabled. On cars fitted with radionavigation system, only the following functions can be set: “Speed
limit”, “Daylight sensor” (for versions/markets, where provided) e “S.B.R. buzzer reactivation”. The other functions are displayedand can be set/adjusted on the radionavigation system display.

MODE 12/24

KEYS VOL.

AUDIO RPT.
LANGUAGE

INDEP. BOOT
UNITS

DOOR LOCKUNLOCK FDA

A0F0218g

fig. 22INDEXBEEP VOL.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

DATE

Alfawiki.nl
29

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

30

Speed limit (Speed limit)
With this function it is possible to set the
car speed limit (km/h or mph), which,if exceeded, automatically sounds abuzzer and displays a special message(see section “Warning lights and messages”) to alert the driver.
To set the speed limit, proceed as follows:❒ briefly press button MENU: OFF
will be displayed;

IMPORTANT The possible setting is
between 30 and 250 km/h (or between 20 and 150 mph) depending on
the unit set previously (see paragraph“Units” described later). Every press(pulse) of the button +/– increases ordecreases the value by 5 units. Keeping
the button +/– pressed obtains automatic fast increase or decrease. When
you are near the required setting complete adjustment with single presses.
To abort the setting:❒ press button +: ON will be displayed;❒ briefly press button MENU: ON
will be displayed;❒ briefly press button MENU then,use buttons +/– to set the required
speed (during setting the value will
flash).

❒ press button –: OFF will be displayed;❒ briefly press button MENU to go
back to the menu screen or press the
button for long to go back to thestandard screen.

❒ briefly press button MENU to go
back to the menu screen or press the
button for long to go back to thestandard screen.

Automatic headlight daylightsensor (Light Sens.)(for versions/markets,
where provided)
With this function it is possible to adjust
the light sensor sensitivity according to
3 levels.
To adjust the volume proceed as follows:❒ briefly press button MENU: the previously set level will be displayed;❒ press button + or – for setting as required;❒ briefly press button MENU to go
back to the menu screen or press the
button for long to go back to thestandard screen.
Reset Trip B
This function enables to select Trip B reset mode (Automatic or Manual).
For further information see paragraph“Trip computer”.

Alfawiki.nl❒ briefly press button MENU: “hours”
will be displayed;❒ press button + or – for setting as required;❒ briefly press button MENU: “minutes” will be displayed;❒ briefly press button MENU to go
back to the menu screen or press the
button for long to go back to thestandard screen.

To adjust proceed as follows:❒ briefly press button MENU: the display will show 12h or 24h (according to previous setting);❒ press button + or – for setting as required;❒ briefly press button MENU to go
back to the menu screen or press the
button for long to go back to thestandard screen.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY❒ press button + or – for setting as required;DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

This function is used to set the clock inthe 12h or 24h mode.

SAFETYDEVICES

Proceed as follows:

Clock mode (Mode 12/24)

CORRECT USE
OF THE CARThis function enables to set the clock.

IMPORTANT Every press (pulse) on
the button +/– increases/decreases by
one unit. Keeping button +/– pressed
obtains fast increase/decrease. When
you are near the required setting complete adjustment with single presses.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Setting the clock (Clock)

Alfawiki.nl
31

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLS

Setting the date (Date)
This function enables to update the date(year - month - day).

INDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICES

Proceed as follows:32❒ briefly press button MENU : “year”
will flash on the display;❒ press button + or – for setting as required;❒ briefly press button MENU:“month” will flash on the display;❒ press button + or – for setting as required;

Audio Info Repetition(Audio Rpt.) (where provided)

To activate/deactivate (ON/OFF) info displaying proceed as follows:This function enables to display soundsystem information.

❒ briefly press button MENU: the display will show ON or OFF (according to previous setting);❒ Radio: selected radio station frequency or RDS message, automatictuning activation or AutoSTore;❒ audio CD, MP3 Cd: selected tracknumber;❒ CD Changer: CD number and tracknumber;❒ briefly press button MENU to go
back to the menu screen or press the
button for long to go back to thestandard screen.
According to the audio source selected,
below the time will be displayed thesymbol of the current source.

❒ briefly press button MENU: “day”
will flash on the display;❒ press button + or – for setting as required;
IMPORTANT Every press (pulse) on
the button +/– increases/decreases by
one unit. Keeping button +/– pressed
obtains fast increase/decrease. When
you are near the required setting complete adjustment with single presses.
❒ briefly press button MENU to go
back to the menu screen or press the
button for long to go back to thestandard screen.

❒ press button + or – for setting as required;

Alfawiki.nl

With this function active (ON) it is however possible to unlock the other doors
by pressing the door unlock button on
central console.

To activate/deactivate (ON/OFF) thisfunction proceed as follows:❒ briefly press button MENU: the display will show ON or OFF (according to previous setting);❒ press button + or – for setting as required;❒ briefly press button MENU to go
back to the menu screen or press the
button for long to go back to thestandard screen.

❒ briefly press button MENU: the display will show ON or OFF (according to previous setting);❒ press button + or – for setting as required;❒ briefly press button MENU to go
back to the menu screen or press the
button for long to go back to thestandard screen.

❒ press button + or – for setting as required;❒ briefly press button MENU to go
back to the menu screen or press the
button for long to go back to thestandard screen.
When the function is on, the buttonround led is on q.

INDEX

To activate independent boot function (bydeactivating the armrest button) (ON)or to deactivate it (OFF), proceed as follows:

To activate/deactivate (ON/OFF) thisfunction proceed as follows:❒ briefly press button MENU: the display will show ON or OFF (according to previous setting);

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

When activated (ON), this function
locks automatically the doors when the
car speed exceeds 20 km/h.

SAFETYDEVICESWith this function it is possible to unlock
only the driver’s door by pressing theelectronic key button Ë.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Opening the boot with the remote control (press button ` is always possible. The option “Independent boot” enables or disables the button set on thearmrest. More particularly: with “Indep.
Boot ON” the button is always off. With
“Indep. Boot OFF” the button is always
on and pressing it will unlock the boot if
doors are unlocked.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Automatic central door locking(Door lock)

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Driver’s door unlocking(Unlock Fda)

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Independent boot unlocking(Indep. Boot)

Alfawiki.nl
33

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

34

Units

Consumption

TemperatureWith this function it is possible to set theunits for distance covered (km or mi),fuel consumption (l/100 km, km/l ormpg) and temperature (°C or °F).

If the distance unit set is km (see previous paragraph) the display will enable
to set the fuel consumption unit inl/100 km, km/l or mpg.

This function enables to set the temperature unit (°C or °F).

Distance

If the distance unit set is “mi” (see previous paragraph) fuel consumption will
be displayed in “mpg”.

❒ briefly press button MENU: the display will show °C or °F (according
to previous setting);

In this case the option “Cons.Unit” of the“Setup Menu” can be selected but it islocked on “mpg”.

❒ press button + or – for setting as required;

To set the required unit proceed as follows:❒ briefly press button MENU: the display will show “km” or “mi” (according to previous setting);❒ press button + or – for setting as required;❒ briefly press button MENU to go
back to the menu screen or press the
button for long to go back to thestandard screen.

To set the required unit proceed as follows:❒ briefly press button MENU: the display will show “km/l” or “l/100km” (according to previous setting);❒ press button + or – for setting as required;❒ briefly press button MENU to go
back to the menu screen or press the
button for long to go back to thestandard screen.

Alfawiki.nl

To set the required unit proceed as follows:❒ briefly press button MENU to go
back to the menu screen or press the
button for long to go back to thestandard screen.

To set the required language proceed asfollows:

To adjust the volume proceed as follows:

To adjust the volume proceed as follows:❒ briefly press button MENU: the display will show the previously set volume “level”;❒ briefly press button MENU: the display will show the previously set volume “level”;❒ press button + or – for setting as required;❒ press button + or – for setting as required;❒ briefly press button MENU to go
back to the menu screen or press the
button for long to go back to thestandard screen.

❒ briefly press button MENU to go
back to the menu screen or press the
button for long to go back to thestandard screen.

❒ press button + or – for setting as required;❒ briefly press button MENU to go
back to the menu screen or press the
button for long to go back to thestandard screen.

INDEX❒ briefly press button MENU : the display will show the previously set“language”;

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

With this function the volume of theroger-beep accompanying the activationof certain buttons can be adjusted according to 8 levels.

SAFETYDEVICESWith this function the volume of thebuzzer accompanying any failure/warning indication can be adjusted
according to 8 levels.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Display messages can be shown in thefollowing languages: Italian, English,
German, Portuguese, Spanish, French,
Dutch and Brazilian.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Adjusting the button volume(Keys Vol.)IN AN
EMERGENCY

Adjusting the failure/warningbuzzer volume (Beep Vol.)TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Selecting the language(Language)

Alfawiki.nl
35

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

36

Scheduled Servicing (Service)
Through this function it is possible to display information connected to proper car
servicing.
Proceed as follows:❒ briefly press button MENU: service
in km or mi, according to previous
setting, will be displayed (see paragraph “Units”);❒ briefly press button MENU to go
back to the menu screen or press the
button for long to go back to thestandard screen.
IMPORTANT The Service schedule includes car maintenance every 35,000 km(or 21,000 mi); this is shown automatically, with the electronic key into the ignition device starting from 2,000 km (or1,240 mi) from this deadline and it will
be displayed in km or miles according to
the unit set. When a scheduled service interval (“coupon”) is near to come, fitting
the electronic key into the ignition device
will display a message followed by the
number of km/mi to go before car servicing. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to carry out any service operation
provided by the Service schedule or by the
Annual inspection plan, and to reset thedisplay.

Reactivating the S.B.R.
(Seat Belt Reminder)
buzzer (Beep Seatb.)

ILLUMINATION OF REVCOUNTER/INSTRUMENTS(NIGHT PANEL)

This function is displayed only after thesystem has been deactivated by Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services.

This function enables to turn on/off(ON/OFF) the lights of the rev counterand instruments. This function can be activated (only with electronic key fitted into ignition device, external lights on, andspeedometer built-in sensor at poor outside light setting), by pressing for long button –. When this function is on, the display will show a warning message.

Exit Menu (Quit setup)
Selecting this option will bring back tostandard screen.

Once on, the NIGHT PANEL function
can be deactivated as follows:❒ by long press on button + (also withexternal lights off);❒ removing the electronic key from theignition device.
When function is off the display will show
a warning message.
Messages stay on the display for a few
seconds, then they will go off. To stop
displaying before time, briefly press button MENU.

Alfawiki.nl

The “Trip computer” displays information (with electronic key fitted into ignition device) relating to the operating status of
the car. This function comprises the “General trip” concerning the “complete mission” of the car (journey) and “Trip B” concerning the partial mission of the car; this latter function (as shown in fig. 23) is “contained” within the complete mission.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

General features

SAFETYDEVICESTRIP COMPUTER˙

End of partial mission
Start of newpartial mission

˙

TRIP BEnd of partial mission
Start of newpartial mission

Reset TRIP B
End of partial mission
Start of newpartial mission

Alfawiki.nl

IN AN
EMERGENCYTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

˙˙
fig. 23

Reset TRIP B
TRIP B˙

Reset TRIP B
End of partial mission
Start of new partial mission

Reset TRIP B

˙

TRIP B˙

˙

GENERAL TRIP

INDEX

Reset GENERAL TRIP
End of complete mission
Start of new mission

Reset GENERAL TRIP
End of complete mission
Start of new mission

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Both functions are resettable (reset - start of new mission).

37

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

38

The “General Trip” displays the figures
relating to:❒ Average consumption

Values displayed

Range

Average consumption

This value shows the distance in km (ormi) that the car can still cover before
needing fuel, assuming that driving conditions are kept unvaried.

❒ Average speed

Represents the indicative average of consumptions from the beginning of the
new mission.

❒ Travel time

Current consumption❒ Range

This value shows instant fuel consumption (this value is updated second bysecond). If parking the car with engine
on, the display will show “- - - -”.

❒ Current consumption❒ Travel Distance“Trip B” displays information concerning :❒ Travel Distance B❒ Average consumption B❒ Average speed B❒ Travel time B.

Average speed
This value shows the car average speed
as a function of the overall time elapsed
since the start of the new mission.

Travel time
This value shows the time elapsed since
the start of the new mission (drivingtime).

The display will show “- - - -“ in the following cases:❒ value lower than 50 km (or 30 mi);❒ car left parked with engine runningfor long.
IMPORTANT The variation of the autonomy value can be influenced by different factors: driving style (see what is
described in paragraph “Driving style”
in the chapter “Correct use of the car”),
type of route (highways, urban, mountain, etc…), use conditions of the car(load transported, tire pressure, etc…).
What was described previously must be
taken in consideration when planninga trip.

Travel DistanceThis value shows the distance coveredfrom the start of the new mission.

Alfawiki.nl

Each time the battery is connected andeach time a new mission is started (reset), the display will show “0.0”.

❒ long push: to reset and then starta new mission.
A0F0076m

fig. 24

TRIP BUTTONDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Button TRIP fig. 24, set on the rightsteering column stalk shall be used (withelectronic key into ignition device) to enter the “General Trip” and “Trip B” function. To scroll the values of each option
use buttons set aside the stalk.

To scroll the Trip Computer options,briefly press buttons - and ..

INDEX❒ “automatic”, reset is performed
when the trip distance reaches
9999.9 km (or mi), when travel
time reaches 99.59 (99 hours and59 minutes) or after disconnecting
and then reconnecting the battery.

❒ short push: to display the different values;

SAFETYDEVICES❒ “manual”, reset is performed by thedriver by pressing button TRIP;

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Reset can be:

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Button TRIP shall also be used to resetthe “General Trip” and “Trip B” functions
to start a new mission:

IN AN
EMERGENCY

New mission (reset)

Alfawiki.nl
39

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

A0F0052m

IMPORTANT “General Trip” reset will
also reset the “Trip B” function, whereas “Trip B” reset will only reset the information associated with this function.

Start of journey procedure(reset)Briefly press button TRIP to select the
two Trip computer modes; use button- to scroll the options at the top of thedisplay, use button . to scroll the options at the bottom of the display.

Reset General Trip

Press briefly button TRIP to go from
Trip A to Trip B.

IMPORTANT Reset can be automatic only in the following cases:

INDEX

40

Trip A and Trip B reset are independent.
With electronic key into ignition device,
to reset the “General Trip” press andkeep pressed button TRIP for over 2
seconds.

❒ when the “Travel Distance” reaches 9999.9 km or the “Travel Time”
reaches 99.59 (99 hours and 59
minutes);

Every Trip computer screen displays two
options of the active Trip (Trip A or TripB); one option is displayed at the top of
the screen, the other one at the bottom(see fig. 25).

❒ after disconnecting/reconnecting
the battery.
At General Trip reset a warning message
will be displayed.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

fig. 25

In the same screen it is not possible tohave displayed at the same time thesame option at the top and at the bottom of the screen.

Alfawiki.nl

WARNING

Only make adjustments
when the car is stationary.

Height adjustment(where provided)
A0F0020m

fig. 26

Moving the seat backwards
or forwards
Lift the lever A (on the inner side of theseat) and push the seat forwards orbackwards: in the driving position thearms should rest on the rim of the steering wheel.

Move repeatedly lever B upwards or
downwards to achieve the required
height.
IMPORTANT Adjustment must be carried out only seated at the driver’s seat.
Back rest angle adjustment
Operate button C until obtaining the required position.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESINDEX

Upholstery of your car
has been designed towithstand wear deriving from common use of the car.
You are however recommended
to avoid strong and/or continuous scratching with clothing accessories such as metallic buckles, studs, Velcro fastenings andthe like, since these items cause
circumscribed stress of the cover fabric that could lead to yarn
breaking, and damage the cover as a consequence.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CARMANUALLY ADJUSTABLEFRONT SEATS fig. 26

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Once you have released the lever, checkthat the seat is firmly lockedin the runners by trying tomove it back and forth. Failure
to lock the seat in place could
result in the seat moving suddenly and the driver losing
control of the car.

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNINGTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

SEATS

Alfawiki.nl
41

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

42

Lumbar adjustment(for versions/markets,
where provided)

Seat controls are thefollowing:

Turn the knob D until obtaining the required position.

❒ front seat height adjustment;

Back rest angle adjustment(for versions/markets,
where provided)❒ vertical seat movement;

Multifunction control A:❒ rear seat height adjustment;❒ longitudinal seat movement;

Use lever E. Pulling the lever upwards
the seat will bend back by one position.
Pushing the lever downwards the seat
will bend forward.

B: Back rest angle adjustment;

Tilting the back rest

E: Back rest tipping.

To get to the rear seats, pull handle F:
the back rest will tilt and the seat canslide forward.
Bringing back the back rest the seat will
return automatically to its original position (mechanical memory).
After bringing the back rest to its original position check tat it firmly locked.
Check also that the seat is firmly lockedin the runners by trying to move it backand forth.

C: Driver’s seat positions store buttons;
D: Lumbar adjustment;

A0F0254m

fig. 27

ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLEFRONT SEATS fig. 27(for versions/markets,
where provided)

WARNING

Only make adjustments
when the car is stationary.

Alfawiki.nl

IMPORTANT Seat can only be adjusted when the electronic key is fitted
into the ignition device and for about 1
minute from removing it or after pressing button START/STOP. After opening the door the seat can be adjusted forabout 3 minutes or until closing thedoor.

With electronic key fitted into ignition
device, turn ring nut A-fig. 28 to turnthis function on/off.
Seat warming can be adjusted to 3 different levels (0 = seat warming off).

To store the required seat position, adjust it as required then press the button
corresponding to position to store for a
few seconds.
To recall the stored position, press briefly
the corresponding button.
Storing a new position will automatically
clear the one stored previously using thesame button.

Bringing the seat back to its normal position will return the seat to its original
position.
If when returning to the original position
it finds an obstacle (e.g.: rear passenger’s knees), the seat will stop, it willthen move forward and then it will lock.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Seat warming(for versions/markets,
where provided)

Stored position can only be recalled forabout 3 minutes after opening the doors
and for about 1 minute after removing
the electronic key from the ignition device.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

A0F0024m

To access the rear seats, pull handle Efig. 27 and move the seat back forwards: the seat will slide forward automatically.

INDEX

fig. 28This function, operating regardless of theignition key position into the ignition device, facilitates access to rear seats.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Buttons C allows to store and recall threedifferent driver’s seat and door mirror positions. Storing and recalling are only possible with electronic key fitted into ignition device.

Easy Entry

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Storing driver’s seat/door
mirror positions

Alfawiki.nl
43

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSHEAD RESTRAINTSSAFETYDEVICES

Front head restraints are built into theseats.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CARFRONT HEAD RESTRAINTSREAR HEAD RESTRAINTS

INDEX

A0F0085m

fig. 30

A0F0137m

Rear seats are fitted with two head restraints.
If required, head restraints can be removed as follows:

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

44

fig. 29

fig. 28/a

A0F0199m❒ pull up lever A-fig. 29 and tilt therear seat backrest forward (a “redband” B will appear);

FRONT SEATS SPORTS
fig. 28/a(for versions/markets,
where provided)❒ raise head restraints to max. height;❒ press buttons C-fig. 30 (set aside
the two head restraint supports)then remove the head restraints bypulling them upwards.

Certain versions are fitted with electrically adjustable front seats with sports
configuration.
To adjust these seats see the indications
contained in previous paragraphs.

Alfawiki.nl

A0F0136m

fig. 31WARNINGDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Any adjustment of thesteering wheel position
must be carried out only withthe car stationary and the engine turned off.

INDEX

Release the lever A-fig. 31 pushing it
downwards, then adjust the steering
wheel as required. To lock the steering
wheel, push lever A upwards.

It is absolutely forbidden to carry out whatever after-market operation
involving steering system or
steering column modifications(e.g.: installation of anti-theft
device) that could badly affectperformance and safety, cause
the lapse of warranty and also result in non-compliance ofthe car with homologation requirements.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

The steering wheel can be adjusted both
axially and in height.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESWARNINGIN AN
EMERGENCYSTEERING WHEEL

Alfawiki.nl
45

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

46

REARVIEWMIRRORSDRIVING MIRROR
The mirror is fitted with a safety device
that causes it to be released in the eventof a violent crash.
Using lever A-fig. 32 the mirror canbe adjusted to two different positions:normal or antiglare.
DOOR MIRRORS
Door mirror can only be adjusted andfolded when the electronic key is fitted
into the ignition device.
Adjusting the mirror
Use device A-fig. 34 to select the required mirror:❒ turn selector A to 1: to select theleft mirror;

A0F0135m

fig. 32

fig. 34

A0F0036m

To adjust the mirror move the switch B
in the four directions shown by the arrows.

Powered mirror folding(for versions/markets,
where provided)

IMPORTANT After adjusting the mirror, turn selector A to 0 to prevent accidental movements.

When required (for example when the
mirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces)
it is possible to fold the mirrors by pressing button C-fig. 34.

Manual mirror folding

To bring the mirrors back to driving position press again button C-fig. 34.

When required (for example when the
mirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces)
it is possible to fold the mirror moving itfrom position A-fig. 35 to position B.

❒ turn selector A to 2: to select theright mirror.

Alfawiki.nl

When doors are locked, door mirrors willfold; mirrors will be brought automatically to driving position when refitting
the ignition key.

❒ adjust the passenger door mirror as
required to obtain best position forparking manoeuvres;❒ keep one of the buttons C-fig. 27
pressed for 3 seconds at least (seeparagraph “Seats” in this section).
Together with the passenger door mirror “parking” position, also the driver
seat and door mirror positions will be
stored. The sound of a buzzer confirmsthat the mirror position has been stored.

As the driver’s door mirror is curved, it may
slightly alter the perception of distance.

WARNINGDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESINDEXWhen driving the mirrors shall always be inopen position.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR❒ turn selector A-fig. 34 to 2 (to select the passenger door mirror);

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESThis function can be activated/deactivated by keeping the folding
button pressed for over 2 seconds. A
buzzer will sound when activation/deactivation is set.

❒ engage reverse with car stopped andignition key fitted into ignition device;

IN AN
EMERGENCY

A0F0081m

fig. 35

On versions equipped with poweredseats, to improve visibility during parking manoeuvres when engaging the reverse gear, the driver can adjust/move(and store) the passenger door mirror
to a position different from that usedduring normal running.

To store the required mirror position proceed as follows:

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Storing the “parking”
position of the door mirror
on the passenger side

Alfawiki.nl
47

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Automatic door mirror
realignment

Proceed as follows: fit the electronic key
into the ignition device; engage reverse;
turn selector A-fig. 34 to 2 (to selectthe passenger door mirror).

Each time the ignition key is fitted into
the ignition device, door mirrors returnautomatically to the last position
reached and/or recalled at last key removal.

The mirror will set automatically to thepreviously stored position.
If no parking position has been stored,
when engaging reverse the passenger
door mirror will slightly lower to aid thedriver during parking.

This enables mirror alignment if whenleaving the car parked one of the door
mirrors has been moved manually
and/or accidentally.

The mirror will automatically return toits original position 10 seconds after disengaging reverse, when the car speed
exceeds 10 km/h in forward gear orwhen turning selector A-fig. 34 to 0.

INDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Recallig the passenger door
mirror “parking”

48

Alfawiki.nl

Defrosting/demisting
The electric mirrors are fitted with heatingcoils which come into operation when turning on the heated rear window (by pressing button ().
IMPORTANT This function is timed
and is deactivated after a few minutes.

1 Upper vent - 2 Adjustable and swivel central vents - 3 Adjustable and swivel side vents - 4 Lower vents for rear seats 5 Lower vents for front seats - 6 Windscreen and front windows
demisting/defrosting vents.
Alfawiki.nl

INDEX

fig. 36TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICES

A0F0220m

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

49

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES

A0F0014m

IN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

50

A0F0057m

fig. 39

UPPER VENT fig. 39
The vent has an opening/closing control.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

fig. 37

O = Completely closed
I = Completely open
fig. 38

A0F0012m

CENTRAL AND
SIDE VENTS fig. 37-38
These vents are located on the dashboard. Each vent A features a wheel B
to adjust air flow and a device C to direct it horizontally or vertically.
O = Completely closed
I = Completely open

Alfawiki.nl

fig. 40

A0F0067m

WINDSCREEN AND FRONTSIDE WINDOWDEMISTING/DEFROSTING
VENTS
These vents are located at the ends Afig. 40 and on the front part B of thedashboard.

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSMANUAL CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEMSAFETYDEVICES(for versions/markets,
where provided)
CONTROLS fig. 41

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

A - Air temperature knob (mixing warmand cold air);B - Air distribution knob;

F - Air recirculation on/off button;
G - Compressor on/off button.

A0F0011m

fig. 41

AIR DISTRIBUTIONSELECTION
O: air flow to driver’s/passenger’sbody;
M: air flow to driver’s/passenger’s
body and lower part of the passenger
compartment;

N: air flow towards the front and rear
lower part of the passenger compartment;
Q: air flow towards the lower part ofthe passenger compartment and windscreen;
ü: air flow towards the windscreen

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

E - Windscreen, front side windows anddoor mirror max. demisting/defrosting
on/off button;

INDEX

D - Heated rear window and door mirror defrosting on/off button;

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

C - Fan speed knob;

Alfawiki.nl
51

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

52

WARMING THE PASSENGERCOMPARTMENT
Proceed as follows:❒ turn knob A to the required temperature;❒ turn knob C to the required speed;❒ turn knob B to the required distribution:
N: to warm the feet of front and rearpassengers;
M: to warm the feet and keep the facecool (bilevel function);
Q: to warm the feet and at the sametime demist the windscreen;❒ turn air recirculation off (if on).

QUICK WINDSCREEN
AND FRONT SIDE WINDOWDEMISTING/DEFROSTING(MAX-DEF function)
To turn this function on press button : the button leds -, √ and ( will turnon. To turn this function off press again
button - the button led will turn off.
After demisting/defrosting, turn thisfunction off to keep perfect comfort conditions.
Window demisting
Climate control system √ is very useful to speed up window demisting andit is therefore to be turned on in theevent of considerable moisture. In any
case it is recommended to perform thefollowing preventive demisting procedure:❒ turn air recirculation off (if on);❒ turn knob C to second speed;❒ turn knob B to Q.

Alfawiki.nl

HEATED REAR WINDOWAND DOOR MIRRORDEMISTING/DEFROSTING
To turn this function on press button (the button led will turn on. To turn thisfunction off press again button .
On certain versions, turning this function
on will also activate windscreen defrosting in the windscreen wiper area.
This function is timed and switches off
automatically after few minutes, or bypressing again the button or by turning
the engine off. It will not be switchedon automatically when restarting the engine.
IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on
the inside of the heated rear window
over the heating filaments to avoid damage that might cause it to stop working properly.

Before summer, have the system
checked at Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

❒ turn knob A completely leftwards;❒ turn knob C to top speed;

Do not use the air recirculation function
on rainy/cold days as it would considerably increase the possibility of the windows misting inside.

❒ turn knob B to O;

IMPORTANT The inside air recirculation system makes it possible to reachthe required (“heating” or “cooling”)
conditions faster.

How to keep the required
cooling❒ press buttons √ and v (buttons
leds on).

Proceed as follows:❒ turn air recirculation off (if on).
❒ turn knob A to the required temperature;

INDEX❒ turn the knurled ring C to the required fan speed.

After connecting/disconnecting the battery,
wait for 3 minutes atleast before fitting the electronic key into the ignition device in order to allow the climate control system control unit
to reset the positions of theelectric actuators that adjust air
temperature and distribution.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

Proceed as follows:

SAFETYDEVICESDuring the winter, the climate control
system √ must be turned on at least
once a month for about ten minutes.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

IMPORTANT The compressor √ canbe enabled only if the ventilation is enabled.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESThis function is particularly useful when
the outside air is heavily polluted (in atraffic jam, tunnel, etc.) However, it isbetter not to use it for long periods, especially if there are several people in the
car to prevent window misting up.

LOOKING AFTERTHE SYSTEMIN AN
EMERGENCY

To turn this function on press button
v: the button led will turn on.

CLIMATE CONTROL(fast cooling)

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

RECIRCULATION

Alfawiki.nl
53

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

54

AUTOMATICTWO-ZONE CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM(for versions/markets,
where provided)
DESCRIPTION
The car is fitted with a two-zone climate
control system which makes it possible
to separately adjust the air temperaturein the two passenger’s compartment areas to reach the required comfort.
To obtain top control of both zones, thesystem is fitted with outside temperature
sensor, passenger’s compartment temperature sensor and bilateral sun radiation sensor.
The climate control system automaticallycontrols and adjusts the following parameters and functions:❒ air temperature at driver/passengers
vents;❒ fan speed;❒ air distribution at driver/passenger
vents;❒ compressor activation;❒ air recirculation.

The following parameters and functions
can be set or changed manually:❒ required temperature;❒ fan speed;❒ air distribution on seven levels;❒ compressor on/off;❒ window demisting/defrosting;❒ air recirculation.
The system is fitted with AQS (Air Quality System) sensor (where provided),that turns on air recirculation automatically when it detects the presence of outside polluted air (for example in queues
and tunnels).
Where provided, the system is integrated with an anti-misting sensor A-fig. 42
set behind the driving mirror, capable of“monitoring” a preset internal area of thewindscreen and of intervening automatically to prevent or to reduce window misting up, through a proper strategy. Thissensor can be deactivated through any
manual system control when the strategy is operating. The sensor is enabled ateach start-up and in any case when theuser presses one of the AUTO buttons.

Alfawiki.nl

fig. 42

A0F0091m

To guarantee perfectand regular sensor operation do not apply
stickers in the “monitoring”
area between sensor and windscreen. Keep windscreen andsensor clean and avoid to accumulate dust or other substances.

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLS

Controls fig. 43
A - air distribution buttons (on driver andpassenger side);

SAFETYDEVICESB - knob for adjusting temperature on
the left side;C - automatic operation button (AUTO);CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

D - climate control data display;E - knob for adjusting temperature on
the right side;H - buttons for adjusting the fan speed;
I - OFF button to disable climate control;
L - air recirculation on/off button;
M - climate control compressor on/off button;

INDEX

N - passenger’s compartment temperature sensor

IN AN
EMERGENCY

A0F0155m

fig. 43TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

G - MAX-DEF function button (fast defrosting/demisting function for windscreen, heated rear window and door
mirrors);

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

F - rear window/door mirrors heating
on/off button;

Alfawiki.nl
55

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

AIR TEMPERATURE
ADJUSTMENT KNOBS

HI function (HIGH)(maximum heating power)

The system can be turned on by pressing any button (except (, v andOFF); it is however advisable to set therequired temperatures on the display
and then to press the AUTO button.

Turning the knob knurled rings (B/E),
clockwise or counter-clockwise, respectively highers or lowers the temperatureof the air required respectively in the left
zone (knob B) or right zone (knob E)of the passenger compartment. The temperatures set are shown on the display
D.

It is switched on by setting a temperature of more than 32°C on the display,and can be switched on independently
from the driver’s or passenger’s side,or both of them; this setting brings thesystem to the “one-zone” mode and it
is shown by both displays.

The climate control system allows to personalise required temperatures (driver andpassenger).

Turning the knob knurled rings fully
clockwise or counter-clockwise until theyreach the extreme selections HI or LO,
the maximum heating or cooling functions are respectively engaged.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESSWITCHING THE CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM ON

56

Alfawiki.nl

This functions can be switched on when
you wish to heat the passenger compartment as quickly as possible, by taking the greatest advantage from the system potential.
The function uses the maximum temperature of the heating fluid, whereas
air distribution and fan speed are controlled automatically by the system.

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

The function cuts off air heating, switches on both internal air recirculation (toprevent hot air from entering the compartment) and the climate control compressor, brings air distribution to ¯/˙and the fan speed is controlled automatically by the system.

Pressing button AUTO, the display willshow a temperature of 16°C and returns to an operating condition with automatic temperature adjustment.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Pressing button AUTO, the display willshow a temperature of 32°C and returns to an operating condition with automatic temperature adjustment.

It is switched on by setting a temperature lower than 16°C on the display;this setting is shown on the display. Thisfunction can be switched on when you
wish to cool the passenger compartment
as quickly as possible, by taking thegreatest advantage from the system potential.

With the function switched on, however, all the manual settings can be made.
To switch the function off, you only needto turn the ring of knob B/E of the temperature set to a value greater than
16°C; the opposite display will show
16°C.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

With the function switched on, however, all the manual settings can be made.
To switch the function off, you only needto turn the ring of knob (B or E) of thetemperature set to a value lower than
32°C; the opposite display will show
32°C.

LO function (LOW)(highest cooling power)

INDEX

This function should not be activated when the engine is cold,
to prevent air not warm enoughfrom entering the passenger
compartment.

Alfawiki.nl
57

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESAUTOMATIC OPERATION(AUTO BUTTON)
Pressing button AUTO (front and rear
controls) the displays will show AUTO
and the system will automatically adjust:

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR❒ fan speed;

58❒ air distribution in passenger compartment;❒ air recirculation;❒ compressor;

Will also go off if the system (speciallywhen compressor is turned off manually) cannot reach or cannot keep the required temperature.

FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT
Press buttons +/– to increase or to decrease the fan speed.
The fan speed is shown by the lit bars on
the display:

WARNING

It is inadvisable to use
air recirculation on
rainy/cold days as it would
considerably increase the possibility of windows misting up
inside.

and it will cancel all the previous manual adjustments.
Wording AUTO will disappear from thedisplay of the involved area (driver orfront passenger side) when performing
whatever operation (excluding temperature change.

❒ min fan speed = one bar lit;
❒ max fan speed = 6 bars lit;
At starting, if climate control system isoperating in automatic mode, the fan
speed is kept at minimum until the engine has started.
With compressor on and engine running,
the fan speed cannot fall below the min.
speed.
The fan can be cut off (all bars off) only if the climate control compressor has
been switched off by pressing button √.
To restore automatic fan speed control
after a manual adjustment, press buttons AUTO.

Alfawiki.nl❒ outside air intake;❒ compressor activation;❒ AQS function deactivation (where
provided)❒ rear window heating activation.
When the MAX-DEF function is on, theonly manual operations possible aremanual adjustment of the fan speed andswitching heated rear window off.

IMPORTANT Do not activate the
MAX-DEF function with the engine off toprevent running down the battery.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES

Pressing again one of the following buttons: v, √, AUTO or - the systemswitches off the MAX-DEF function, resuming the system operating conditions
prior to turning it on, in addition to activating the last function required, if any.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR❒ air distribution at DEF;WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES❒ air flow increase;

IN AN
EMERGENCY

The MAX-DEF can be turned on also withengine off. When this function is on thecircular led around the button will turnon.

❒ rear panel turning off (for versions/markets, where provided);

IMPORTANT If the engine is notwarm enough, the function will not engage the predefined fan speed immediately, to limit the flow to the passenger compartment of air that is not warm
enough to demist the windows.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Pressing button - the climate control
automatically activates timed operationof all the functions required to quicken
demisting/defrosting of the windscreen
and front side windows and, on certain
versions, windscreen demisting in thewindscreen wiper area.

The MAX-DEF function activates the following operations:INDEXQUICK FRONT WINDOWDEMISTING/DEFROSTING(MAX-DEF function)

Alfawiki.nl
59

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESOn certain versions, turning this function
on will also activate windscreen defrosting in the windscreen wiper area.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Press button ( to activate the demisting/defrosting function: when this function is on, the circular led around the button will turn on.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CARHEATED REAR WINDOWAND DOOR MIRRORDEMISTING/DEFROSTING

60

This function is timed and switches off
automatically after few minutes, or bypressing again the button or by turning
the engine off. It will not be switchedon automatically when restarting the engine.
IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on
the inside of the rear window over theheating filaments to avoid damage thatmight cause it to stop working properly.

CLIMATE CONTROLCOMPRESSOR ON/OFF
Press button √ to turn the compressor
on: when climate control compressor ison the circular led around the button willturn on. Compressor will stay on also after turning the engine off.
To turn the compressor off press again
button √.
With compressor off, the system will
check whether outside temperature ishigher or lower/same as the set one:
❒ if outside temperature is lower than
the set one, the system will operate regularly also with compressoroff;❒ if outside temperature is higher than
the set one, the system will not beable to keep the required condition,
the set temperature values will thenstart to flash on the display.

Alfawiki.nl

Temperature detection (compressor off
and outside temperature higher than set
temperature) is activated each time theelectronic key is fitted into the ignition
device.

WARNING

Operation of the climate control compressor is necessary for coolingand dehumidifying the air; it isadvisable to keep this function
always on, to prevent window
misting problems.

S Air flow towards the lower part of thepassenger compartment. This type of
distribution allows heating of the passenger compartment in the shortesttime.

A Splitting of the air flow between
D
S all vents.
To restore automatic air distribution control after a manual selection, press button AUTO.

❒ automatic control, indicated by button led “A”;
❒ forced switching on (inside air recirculation always on), indicated by theturning on of the circular led aroundthe button;❒ forced switching off (air recirculation
always off with air inlet from the outside), indicated by the turning off ofthe circular led around the button.
With A.Q.S. (Air Quality System - where
provided), the operating logic is sequential when pressing button v.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESINDEX

A Splitting of the air flow between
S windscreen and front side window
demisting/defrosting vents and thelower part of the passenger compartment. This type of air distribution allows satisfactory heating of
the passenger compartment while
preventing possible misting of thewindows.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

D Splitting of the air flow between the
S vents to the lower part of the passenger compartment (warmest air)and the dashboard centre and side
outlets (coolest air).

Inside air recirculation is controlled according to the following operating logics:

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

DFlow of air to the dashboard centre
and side outlets (passenger’s body).

A Splitting of the air flow between the
D central/side dashboard vents andwindscreen and side window defrosting/demisting vents. This type of air
distribution allows satisfactory ventilation of the passenger compartment
while preventing possible misting of
the windows.

AIR RECIRCULATION AND
AQS FUNCTION(AIR QUALITY SYSTEM)
ON/OFF (where provided)

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Pressing buttons A/S/D you canmanually choose one of the 7 possiblemodes for air distribution inside the compartment:

A Air flow to the windscreen and front
side window vents to demist or defrost them.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

AIR DISTRIBUTIONSELECTION

Alfawiki.nl
61

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

In certain weather conditions (e.g. outside
temperaturearound0°C) and with automatic air recirculation control on, mist may
form on the windows. In thiscase press button v toswitch off recirculation and if
necessary press button + to increase the flow of air to thewindscreen.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

IMPORTANT The inside air recirculation system makes it possible to reachthe required heating or cooling conditions faster. It is however inadvisable touse it on rainy/cold days as it would
considerably increase the possibility of
the windows misting inside, especially
if the climate control compressor is off.
It is advisable to turn on the inside air
recirculation system in queues or tunnels
to avoid admitting polluted air from outside. The prolonged use of this function
should however be avoided, especiallywith several persons on board, to avoid
the possibility of the windows mistinginside and to ensure air change.

62

Alfawiki.nl

With the outside temperature below -1°C theclimate control compressor is unable to work. It istherefore inadvisable to use theinside air recirculation function
with low outside temperature
as windows may mist overquickly.

IMPORTANT The AQS function is disabled when the outside temperature iscold to prevent window misting up. To
reactivate this function, press button
v. Led “A” on button v willturn on to indicate that the function is
on.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Have the conditions of the filter checked
by Alfa Romeo Authorized Services atleast once a year, preferably at the onset of summer. If the car is used mainly in polluted or dusty areas it should bechecked and if necessary replaced atshorter intervals than specified in theService Schedule (see section “Car
Maintenance”).

IN AN
EMERGENCY

IMPORTANT With AQS function on,
after a preset time with recirculation on,
the compressor will enable outside air
inlet (for about 1 minute) to change air
inside the passenger compartment, regardless of outside air pollution level.

The car is fitted with activated carbon
pollen filter. The filter has the specific capability of admitting to the passenger
compartment purified air, free from particles such as dust, pollen, etc. The filtering action takes place under all air inlet conditions and it is clearly most effective with the windows shut.

Failure to replace the filter may considerably reduce the effectiveness ofthe climate control system up to
blocking the air flow from theoutlets and vents.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

The AQS function turns on automatically air recirculation when it detects thepresence of polluted air (e.g. in queues
and tunnels).

ACTIVATED CARBONPOLLEN FILTER

INDEX

AQS function(Air Quality System)(where provided)

Alfawiki.nl
63

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

64

SWITCHING THE CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM OFF
Press OFF button. The circular led aroundthe button turns on, signalling the OFF
state.
With climate control system off:
❒ the system stores performed operations;❒ the display is off;

After connecting/disconnecting the battery,
wait for 3 minutes atleast before fitting the electronic key into the ignition device in order to allow the climate control system control unit
to reset the positions of theelectric actuators that adjust air
temperature and distribution.

❒ air recirculation is active (button led
on);

ADDITIONALHEATER (diesel
versions only)(for versions/markets,
where provided)
The car is fitted with an additional heaterthat supports the engine during cold or
winter weather to quickly reach a comfortable temperature in the passenger
compartment.
The additional heater works with the engine running when the outside temperature is below 20°C and the engine has
not yet reached normal operating temperature.

❒ compressor is active;❒ ventilation is off.
To turn the climate control system on
again press button AUTO or any otherbutton (excluding ( and v). Turning the climate control system on again,
air recirculation will be again controlled
automatically.

Alfawiki.nl

The external lights can only be switchedon with electronic key fitted into ignition
device.
Lights switched off

A0F0064m

fig. 44

Main beam headlamps

Turn the knurled ring A to 6. The warning light 3 on the instrument panel
will turn on.

To turn the main beams off, pull again
the stalk towards the steering wheel (2ndunstable position).

Dipped beam headlamps

Flashing the headlights

Turn the knurled ring A to 2. The warning light 2 on the instrument panel willturn on.

Pull the stalk towards the steering wheel(1st unstable position) regardless of theposition of the knurled ring A. The warning light 1 on the instrument panel
will turn on.

Knurled ring at O.

Indicators are switched off automatically when the steering wheel is straightened.
If you want to show that you are about
to change lane, move the left-hand stalkto unstable position. The required direction indicator will flash 3 times and thenit will turn off automatically.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS
INDEX

Sidelights

When the knurled ring A is at 2 pull
the stalk towards the steering wheel (2ndunstable position). The warning light
1 on the instrument panel will turn on.

Warning light Î or ¥ will come on flashing on the instrument cluster at thesame time.

SAFETYDEVICES❒ down: to turn the left-hand direction indicator on.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

The left-hand stalk control almost all external lights.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES❒ up: to turn the right-hand direction
indicator on;

LEFT-HAND STALK fig. 44

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Push the stalk to (stable) position:

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Direction indicators

EXTERNAL LIGHTS

Alfawiki.nl
65

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLS

This function allows the illumination of
the space in front of the car for a preset period of time.

Pull the stalk towards the steering wheel
within 2 minutes from when the engine
is turned off.
At each single movement of the stalk,the staying on of the lights is extended
by 30 seconds up to a maximum of 3.5
minutes; then the lights are switched off
automatically.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Activation

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESSAFETYDEVICES“FOLLOW ME HOME”
DEVICE

66

Each time the stalk is operated, the 3
warning light turns on together with themessage on the display (see section“Warning lights and messages”).
Deactivation
Keep the stalk pulled towards the steering wheel for more than 2 seconds.

AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTSSENSOR (daylight sensor)(for versions/markets,
where provided)
It detects the changes of the external
light intensity of the car according to thelight sensitivity set: the greater the sensitivity is, the smaller the amount of external light necessary to control theswitching-on of the external headlights
will be.
The daylight sensor sensitivity can be adjusted through the “Setup Menu” of thedisplay (see “Reconfigurable multifunction display” in this section).
Activation
A:
Turn the knurled ring A-fig. 44 to 2
in this way, the automatic activation of
the side/taillights and dipped beam
headlights is simultaneously enabled according to outside brightness.

With lights switched on automaticallyand in the presence of a switching off
control by the sensor, the main beams
will be switched off first and a few seconds after also the sidelights.

Alfawiki.nl

Deactivation
As a result of the sensor control, thedipped beam headlights will switch off
and, after a few seconds, sidelights willswitch off too. The sensor is not able
to detect the fog presence, lights shalltherefore be switched on manually.
Failure warnings
Headlight sensor failure is shown by a
dedicated message on the display (seesection “Warning lights and messages”).

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLS

Parking lights

To turn front fog lights on, press button
A; to activate these lights it is necessary
to have the side/taillights switched on.
The instrument panel warning light 5will turn on. Press the button again or turnside/taillights off to turn the lights off.

Moving the left-hand stalk to middle position will turn on the four parking lights
and the number plate light.

These lights are turned on by pressing
button A-fig. 46.
When these lights are on, the switch
flashes and warning lights Î and ¥ on
the instrument panel will turn on at thesame time.
Press switch A again to turn the lights
off.

Rear fog lights
WARNINGTo turn rear fog lights on, press button
B. The instrument panel warning light 4
will turn on. To turn the lights off, press
the button again or turn dipped beams
or front fog lights off or turn the engine
off.

Use of the hazard
warning lights is ruledby the Highway Code of thecountry in which the car isused. Observe regulations.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Hazard lights

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Front fog lights

With parking lights on, move the external lights left-hand stalk upwards or
downwards to select on which side(right or left) the lights must stay on. In
this event warning light 3 will turnoff.

A0F0100m

fig. 46TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCEDASHBOARD BUTTONS
fig. 45

Press the button again to turn the lights
off.

INDEX

fig. 45

A0F0061m

SAFETYDEVICES

These lights can be turned on, with instrument panel off, by pressing button
C. When pressing the button a warning buzzer will sound and the instrument
panel warning light 3 will turn on .

Alfawiki.nl
67

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES

Right-hand stalk fig. 47 controls windscreen washer/wiper and rear window
washer/wiper operation.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

With external lights on, activating thewindscreen washer will also activate theheadlight washer, if provided.

2: continuous slow

Windscreen washer/wiper

3: continuous fast

The stalk can be moved to five different
positions:

4: fast temporary (unstable position)

INDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

WINDOW WASHING

68

RIGHT-HAND STALK

0: windscreen wiper off;
1: intermittent.
With the stalk in position 1, turning theknurled ring A four possible intermittent
speeds are obtained:

A0F0066m

fig. 47

Operation in position 4 is limited to thetime the stalk is held in this position.
When the stalk is released, it returns
to position 0 automatically stopping thewiper.

■ = slow intermittent■ = intermittent medium■ = intermittent medium-fast■ = fast intermittent

Alfawiki.nl

Never use the window
wiper to remove ice orsnow from the windscreen. In these conditions, thewiper is submitted to excessive
effort that results in motor protection cutting in and wiper operation inhibition for few seconds
as a consequence. If operation is
not restored contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services.

The wiper stops working 3 strokes after
releasing the stalk; a further stroke after about 6 seconds will complete thewiping operation.

RAIN SENSOR(for versions/markets,
where provided)
The rain sensor A-fig. 48, located behind the driving mirror, is an electronic device combined with the windscreen wiper
which has the purpose of automaticallyadjusting the number of wipes during intermittent operation, to intensity of therain. All the other functions controlled by
the right-hand stalk remain unchanged.

Turning the knurled ring A-fig. 47 itis possible to increase the sensitivity of
the rain sensor, obtaining a quicker
change from stationary (no wiping)when the windscreen is dry, to first continuous speed (continuous, slow). Thisaction is confirmed by one wiping
stroke.
Operating the windscreen washer withthe rain sensor activated (stalk at position 1-fig. 47) the normal washingcycle is performed at the end of which
the rain sensor resumes its normal automatic function.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

A0F0227m

fig. 48

INDEX

Keeping the stalk pulled with just one
movement it is possible to operate thewasher jet and the wiper at the sametime; the wiper actually comes into operation automatically when the stalk ispulled for more than half a second.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Pulling the stalk towards the steering
wheel (unstable position) operates thewindscreen washer.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

The rain sensor is activated automatically moving the right-hand stalk to position
1-fig. 47 and it has a range of adjustment that gradually varies between wiper
stationary (no wiping) when the windscreen is dry, to wiper at second speed(continuous, medium) with heavy rain.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE“Smart washing” function

Alfawiki.nl
69

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIMPORTANT In the event of rain sensor failure, windscreen wiper operation
with right-hand stalk at 1-fig. 47 is intermittent. If failure takes place during
automatic operation, the system willkeep the last wiper operating condition.
Moving the stalk to other positions, operation is however guaranteed.

When the rain sensor is reactivated inthis way, the wiper performs one stroke,even if the windscreen is dry, to indicatethat reactivation has occurred.

The rain sensor is able to recognize andautomatically adjust itself in the presence of the following particular conditions:

INDEX

70

Failure warnings
Sensor failure is indicated by a dedicated message on the display (see section“Warning lights and messages”).

Rain sensor shall be deactivated when washing
the car at automatic carwash.

❒ impurities on the controlled surface(salt, dirt, etc.);❒ difference between day and night.

Make sure the rain sensor is deactivated if
there is ice on the windscreen.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Removing the electronic key from theignition device, the rain sensor is deactivated and the next time the engine isstarted it will not be reactivated even if
the stalk has remained in position 1fig. 47. In this case to activate the rain
sensor, simply move the stalk to 0 or 2
and then back to 1.

Alfawiki.nl

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES
A0F0046m

HEADLIGHT WASHERS
fig. 49(for versions/markets,
where provided)
Headlight washers are visible and are fitted with a nozzle for each external lightfunction. They come into operation automatically when operating the windscreen washer with external lights
turned on.
IMPORTANT Check at regular intervals correct operation and cleanness of
nozzles.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

fig. 49WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Turning the knurled ring B-fig. 47 from
ON/OFF to & obtains rear window
wiper intermittent operation.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Make sure the device is
off when cleaning thewindscreen.

Pulling the stalk towards the steering
wheel (unstable position) operates therear window washer and wiper. Release
the stalk to stop operation.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCEWARNING

Rear window washer/wiper

INDEX

Streaks of water could
cause non-required blade
movements.

Alfawiki.nl
71

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE72

CRUISE CONTROLTO MEMORISE SPEED(for versions/markets,
where provided)

Proceed as follows:❒ turn the knurled ring A-fig. 50
to Ü and press the accelerator pedal to the required speed;

GENERAL
The speed regulator (CRUISE CONTROL), with electronic control, makes
it possible to drive the car at the required
speed, without pressing the accelerator
pedal. This reduces driving fatigue during long journeys (specially on highways) because the speed memorised is
automatically maintained.
IMPORTANT The device can only beengaged at speeds between 40 and
190 km/h.

A0F0095m

fig. 50

DEVICE ENGAGEMENT
Turn knurled ring A-fig. 50 to Ü.
The device cannot be engaged in first
speed or reverse. It is recommended toengage it in 4th or higher speeds. Travelling downhill with the device engaged,
the car speed may increase more thanthe memorised one.
When the device is activated the instrument panel warning light Ü turnson (on certain versions together with amessage on the display) (see section“Warning lights and messages”).

Alfawiki.nl❒ push the stalk upwards (+) or downwards (–), then release it: car speed
is memorised and it is therefore possible to release the accelerator pedal.
In the case of need (when overtaking
for instance) acceleration is possible simply pressing the accelerator pedal: releasing the accelerator pedal, the car will
return to the speed memorised previously.

The speed memorised can be increasedin two ways:❒ pressing the accelerator and thenmemorising the new speed reached;❒ disengaging the device and thenmemorising the new speed;oror❒ moving the stalk upwards (+).

❒ moving the stalk downwards (–) until reaching the new speed which will
be memorised automatically.

❒ press button RES (set at stalk end).

Each operation of the stalk will correspond to a slight increase in speed(about 1.5 km/h), while keeping thestalk upwards will correspond to a continuous speed increase.

Each operation of the stalk will correspond to a slight decrease in speed(about 1.5 km/h), while keeping thestalk downwards will correspond to acontinuous speed decrease.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE❒ engage the gear selected at the timeof speed memorising (4th or higher gear);

INDEX❒ accelerate gradually until reaching a
speed approaching the one memorised;

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

The speed memorised can be increasedin two ways:

SAFETYDEVICESIf the device has been disengaged forexample pressing the brake or clutch
pedal, the memorised speed can be reset as follows:

CORRECT USE
OF THE CARTO REDUCE MEMORISEDSPEED

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESTO INCREASE THE
MEMORISED SPEEDIN AN
EMERGENCY

TO RESET THE MEMORISED
SPEED

Alfawiki.nl
73

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

74

DEVICE DISENGAGEMENT
The device is disengaged in one of thefollowing cases:❒ turning the knurled ring A-fig. 50
to O;❒ turning the engine off or removing
the electronic key from the ignition
device;❒ pressing the brake pedal, pressing
the clutch pedal (in these cases thelast stored speed will stay memorised, to resume it press button
RES);❒ pressing the accelerator pedal; in thiscase the system is disengaged only
temporarily; device operation will beresumed automatically when releasing the pedal;❒ with car speed below the preset limit (in these cases the last stored
speed will stay memorised, to resume it press button RES);

Automatic Cruise Control
deactivation
The Cruise Control is temporarily deactivated when the ABS or VDC systems
come into operation (above a max. preset time): in this case the last set speed
will stay memorised, to recall it press
button RES.
In the event of Cruise Control or engine
control system failure, the device is deactivated until removing the electronic
key from the ignition device. In thisevent contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services.
The device is automatically deactivatedwhen operating accidentally or incorrectly the stalk, the knurled ring A or
button RES: in this event to reactivate
the device: bring the car to the required
speed and then move the stalk upwards(+) or downwards (–).

Alfawiki.nl

WARNINGIn the event of device
malfunction or failure,turn the knurled ring A-fig. 50
to O and contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services after
checking the protection fuse integrity.

WARNING

When travelling withthe device on, never
set the gearshift lever to neutral.

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSCEILING LIGHTS

A0F0225m

fig. 51

C: to turn on/off the right courtesy
light.

IMPORTANT Leaving inadvertently adoor open, the ceiling lights and the puddle lights will turn off automatically after a few minutes. To turn them on
again, open another door or close andopen again the same door.

A0F0075m

PUDDLE LIGHT
The door light A-fig. 52, turns onwhen opening the door regardless of theelectronic key position.
With the door open it will stay on forabout 3 minutes, then it turns off automatically.

INDEX

Keeping pressed button B will turn off
all ceiling lights. Turning off is also indicated by the sound of a buzzer. To turnthese lights on again press briefly button B.

fig. 52TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

B: to turn on/off the central light;

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

A: to turn on/off the left courtesy light;

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Press button:

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESFRONT CEILING LIGHT
fig. 51

Alfawiki.nl
75

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

76

In the following table are summarised the causes that make front/rear ceiling lights turn on/off and their turning on/off
mode:
Cause

Ceiling lights turning on/off mode

Opening one of the doors

Light turning on for a few minutes. This timed operation will bereactivated each time a door is opened

Closing all the doors

With electronic key removed from ignition device:ceiling lights will stay on for other 10 seconds.
This timed operation is stopped when refitting
the electronic key into the ignition device
Starting the engine: light will turn off

Removing the electronic key from the ignition device

Light turning on for about 10 seconds

Locking the doors

Light turning off

Unlocking the doors

Light turning on for about 10 seconds

Cutting in of the fuel cut-off switch

Light turning on for a few minutes. Reactivating thefuel cut-off switch will turn off the ceiling light.

In all the cases tabulated above, lights turning on/off is gradual, for 2 seconds.

Alfawiki.nl

The car is fitted with a safety switch thatin the event of a crash comes into operation by cutting off fuel and turning
off the engine as a consequence.

IMPORTANT After a crash, remember to remove the key from the ignition
device to prevent battery run-down.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

If, after a crash, you
smell fuel or see leaks
from the fuel system, do notreset the switches to avoid
fire risk.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Certain versions are equipped with anadditional safety switch that in the eventof a crash comes into operation by cutting off the power supply.

WARNINGSAFETYDEVICESPOWER SUPPLY AND FUEL
CUT-OFF SWITCHES

These two safety switches therefore prevent dangerous fuel leaks due to fuelline cracking, and sparks or electric discharges due to damaging or malfunctioning of the electric components of the
car in the event of a crash.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CARCONTROLS

Alfawiki.nl
77

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

In the event of a crash that triggers thefuel cut-off switch, the doors will unlock
automatically to enable getting into the
car and at the same time the passenger’s compartment light will turn on. It
is however always possible to open the
doors from the passenger’s compartment by means of the internal door handles. If, after a crash no fuel leaks or
damages to the electric devices (e.g.
headlights) are found and the car can
be started again, reset the fuel cut-off
switch and the power supply cut-off
switch (for versions/markets, where
provided). Follow the instructions given
below.

WARNINGIf central door locking
has been activatedfrom inside the car and after acrash the fuel cut-off switch
cannot activate automatic door
unlocking, it will not be possible to get into the car. In any
case, door opening from theoutside depends on door conditions after the crash: if adoor is badly damaged it will
be impossible to open it. In thisevent try to open one of theother doors.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Door unlocking in the event ofa crash78

A0F0221m

fig. 53

Resetting the fuel cut-off
switchWARNING

Before resetting the fuel cut-off switch carefully inspect the car for fuelleaks or damages to electric
devices (e.g. headlights).

To reset the fuel cut-off switch, press button A-fig. 53.

Alfawiki.nl

WARNING

Before resetting thepower supply cut-off
switch carefully inspect the car
for fuel leaks or damages toelectric devices (e.g. headlights).

To reset the power supply cut-off switch,
proceed as follows:❒ press button A-fig. 53 to reset thefuel cut-off switch;❒ open the bonnet;

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

The switch is located inside the fuse box
at battery positive terminal.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Resetting the power supply
cut-off switch(for versions/markets,
where provided)

A0F0071m

fig. 55

INDEX

A0F0126m

fig. 54WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES❒ press button C-fig. 55 to reset thepower supply.

IN AN
EMERGENCY❒ operate the retaining clips A-fig.
54 and remove the protection cover B;

Alfawiki.nl
79

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESThe central armrest is located between
the front seats. Inside the armrest ishoused an air-conditioned food box (forversions/markets, where provided)(see next paragraph).

CENTRAL ARMREST

A0F0039m

fig. 56

Oddment compartment
To open the oddment compartment,press button A-fig. 56 and raise thecover B.

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

INTERIOR FITTINGSINDEXAir-conditioned food box(for versions/markets,
where provided)
The food box is located inside the central armrest. Turn wheel A-fig. 57 toadjust the air flow inside the food box.
IMPORTANT Function of the foodbox is to keep the temperature of thedrinks placed inside it; drinks shall bewarmed or cooled as required before being put inside the food box.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

80

A0F0141m

fig. 57

Pay attention not tospill the drinks into thefood box.

Alfawiki.nl

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES
A0F0149m

REAR ARMREST

Ski compartment

GLOVE COMPARTMENT

To use the armrest A-fig. 58 lower it
as shown in the figure.

This compartment can be used for carrying long loads.

To open the glove compartment use leverA-fig. 60. When opening the glove
compartment, the courtesy light inside it
will turn on. Leaving inadvertently open
the glove compartment, this light will turnoff automatically after a few minutes. The
folding top is also provided with a recess
for a pen or a pencil.

To have access to this compartment,
lower the armrest, pull the tab
A-fig. 59 of the lid, then lower it on
the armrest.

INDEX

Do not travel with theglove compartment open;
it could harm the passenger in the event of an accident.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

fig. 60WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

A0F0142m

fig. 59

IN AN
EMERGENCY

A0F0139m

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

fig. 58

Alfawiki.nl
81

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLS

Cigar lighter

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESIt is located inside the cigar lighter. To
use the cigar lighter, lift cover A-fig.
61.

82

Press button B to switch on the cigar
lighter with key fitted into ignition device.
fig. 61

A0F0140m

ASHTRAY AND CIGAR
LIGHTER
Ashtray
To use the ashtray, lift cover A-fig. 61.
The ashtray can be removed. Pull it upwards to removeit.
IMPORTANT Do not use the ashtrayas paper bin: it could set on fire on contact with cigarette stubs.

IMPORTANT Always check that thecigar lighter has turned off.
IMPORTANT The cigar lighter getsvery hot. Handle it with care and makesure that it is not used by children: danger of fire and/or burns.
IMPORTANT Do not plug electric accessories with power exceeding 100W
to the cigar lighter seat.
IMPORTANT Plugs too big could
damage the cigar lighter outlet tabs.

Alfawiki.nl

IMPORTANT To safeguard the lighting life of certain internal devices (e.g.:cigar lighter ring and ashtray), whenswitching on the external lights, thesedevices will switch on according to thepassenger's compartment brightness:with enough daylight these devices will
not switch on. On the contrary they willswitch on with poor daylight.

Do not plug electric accessories with absorption exceeding the max.
specified value. Prolonged current absorption could drain thebattery and impair next engine
start up.

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES
A0F0264m

SUN VISORS
These are positioned to the sides of therear-view mirror. They can swing to thesides and up or down.

fig. 63

A0F0248m

ODDMENTSCOMPARTMENTS
Front

A0F0246m

fig. 65

On certain versions, sun visors are fitted
on the back with a courtesy mirror anda light which enables to use the mirror
also with poor sunlight.
To use the mirror open cover A-fig.
66.

Rear
They are located on the central console
fig. 64 and near the rear seats fig.
65.

INDEX

They are located on the central console
fig. 62 and on front doors fig. 63(one per door).

Mirror lights will turn on automaticallywhen lifting the cover and they will turnoff when lowering it or few minutes after removing the electronic key from theignition device.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

fig. 66WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

A0F0245m

fig. 64IN AN
EMERGENCY

A0F0101m

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

fig. 62

Alfawiki.nl
83

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

84

FIXED PANORAMA
ROOF(for versions/markets,
where provided)
It consists of a wide pane and it is fittedwith a powered sun curtain A-fig. 67
sliding longitudinally.
SUN CURTAIN
The sun curtain shall be used to adjust
brightness inside the passenger compartment and it can only be operated
with key fitted into ignition device.

A0F0070m

fig. 67

Opening/closing the sun
curtainTo open the sun curtain press button Bfig. 68 set on the front ceiling light:
the sun curtain will slide towards theback of the car. Sun curtain will openin 3 different "steps” to be obtained bypressing repeatedly button B-fig. 68.
Sun curtain can be re-closed by pressing
button B again. Closing takes place in
one “step”.

Alfawiki.nl

fig. 68

A0F0238m

Anti-crushing safety system
The anti-crushing safety system is active
during the closing operation of sun curtain. The anti-crushing safety system will
cut in when it finds an obstacle (e.g.:finger, hand, etc …) by guaranteeing
sun curtain reversal for a short section.
When an obstacle is found, the sun curtain stroke is stopped immediately andtheir stroke is reversed to the preset position.

❒ close the sun curtain completely:– if the anti-crushing safety system
has cut in;– "force" closing by keeping pressed
the button in closing position;– 10 seconds after the sun curtain
will close jerkily (during this stage,
continue to keep the buttonpressed);– when the sun curtain stops, release the button and proceed asfollows;❒ release the sun curtain button;❒ press again the sun curtain button in
CLOSING position within 3 seconds;❒ keep the button pressed in this position: the sun curtain will automatically open and close completely(keep on pressing the button during
the WHOLE opening/closing cycle);❒ then, release the button;❒ initialisation ended.
Should the opening/closing cycle fail,repeat the initialisation operations fromthe beginning.

Clean slide guides in order to remove
any foreign matters and dust.
Should slide guides be cleaned with solvents/oil then, grease again sliding
mechanisms, wires, cables and also thesliding components like the sun curtain
slide runners.
To clean the sun curtains, use common
fabric cleaning products for car upholstery.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESIMPORTANT

INDEX

After disconnecting the battery or failingthe protection fuse, the sun curtain system shall be "initialised" again; proceed
as follows (the following steps shall be
carried out with engine on):

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR❒ press the sun curtain button in closing position and keep it pressed until hearing the mechanical lock(about 10 seconds after);

Sun curtain slide guides shall be cleaned
at regular intervals to remove any foreign matters that could impair regularsliding.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Initialisation❒ refit the key and start the engine;

MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY❒ remove the key from the ignition device for 10 seconds;

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

SUN CURTAIN
INITIALISATIONPROCEDURE

Alfawiki.nl
85

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCENTRAL DOORLOCKING/UNLOCKINGSYSTEM
Door locking from the outside
With the doors closed, press the electronic key button Á or fit and turn themetal insert (inside the key) into thelock of the driver’s door. Central door
locking can only be activated if all thedoors are closed. If one or more doors
are open after pressing the electronic
key button Á the direction indicators andthe driver’s door led will flash fast for
about 3 seconds.

If one or more doors are open by turning
the metal insert of the electronic key, only the driver’s door led will flash fast for
about 3 seconds.
If the doors are closed but the tailgate
is open, central locking is actuated: thedirection indicators (only for locking performed by pressing button Á) and thedriver’s door led will flash fast for about
3 seconds.
Using the “Setup Menu” (or the Radionavigation System on certain versions) of the car and pressing button Ëon the electronic key you will activate
the function for unlocking only the driver’s door (see paragraph “Reconfigurable multifunction display” in this section).

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

DOORS

86

Alfawiki.nl

fig. 69

A0F0025m

With this function active (ON) it is however possible to unlock the door lock bepressing button q (fig. 69) set on thecentral console.
Door unlocking from theoutsidePress the electronic key button Ë or, fit
and turn the metal insert (inside thekey) into the lock of the driver’s door.

Using the “Setup Menu” (or the Radionavigation System on certain versions) of the car it is possible to activate
automatic door locking when exceeding
20 km/h (see paragraph “Reconfigurable multifunction display” in this section).

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES
A0F0110m

IMPORTANT After disconnecting thebattery or failing the protection fuse,door locking/unlocking mechanism shallbe “initialised” again, proceed as follows:❒ close all the doors;❒ press remote control button Á or button q on the central console;❒ press remote control button Ë or button q on the central console.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

fig. 69a

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

When doors are unlocked, the button
led is off and pressing the button will obtain central locking of the doors. Doorlocking is activated only if all the doors
are perfectly closed.

IMPORTANT With centralised lockenabled, pull the internal opening leverof one of the doors in order to disable
the lock of all the doors. If there should
be no electrical supply (burnt fusem battery disconnected, etc.) the door lcok
can be opened manually ; now beingthat the windows cannot be opened automatically, in order to open or lock thedoor with the window closed, press on
the window towards the inside of thevehicle (refer to fig. 69a), in order
to allow the window to pass from themolding.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

The button has a round led showing thedoor condition (locked or unlocked).
When doors are locked the button led ison: pressing the button again will obtaincentral unlocking of the doors and turning off of the led. With key removed,
the led will turn off 2 minutes after.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Press button q (fig. 69) to lock/ unlock all the doors.

Button q will be deactivated by locking
the doors by remote control, revolving
plug or automatic locking after about
2.5 minutes and it will be reactivatedafter pressing the key button Ë turning
the key metal insert into the driver’s
door lock or fitting the key into the ignition device.

INDEX

Door locking/unlocking fromthe inside

Alfawiki.nl
87

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

88

POWER WINDOWSPower windows are fitted with anticrushing safety device. The electronic
control unit that conrols the system candetect the presence of an obstacle in thelast 20 cm of the window closing stroke.
When an obstacle is detected, the safety system will stop the window and reverse its stroke.
IMPORTANT In the event the anticrushing function is activated 5 times in
only 1 minute, the system will automatically enter the “recovery” mode
(self-protection). To restore correct system operation, press the control button:
the window will close jerkily till complete
closing. If no malfunction is present, thewindow returns to its normal operation
automatically; otherwise contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services.

IMPORTANT After switching the engine off, power windows will be active
for about 3 minutes and they will deactivate when opening a door.
IMPORTANT Power windows are provided with “automatic continuous operation” device for opening and closing
the window. Just press briefly the upperor lower part of the button to
open/close the window automatically:press the button again (the upper or the
lower part of the button, it doesn't matter) to stop the window at the required
height.

IMPORTANT Keeping the door locking/unlocking button on the remotecontrol pressed for about 2 seconds willobtain automatic window opening/closing. Keep the remote control
button pressed until opening/closing thewindow completely otherwise the window will stop at the height it has when
you release the button.
For all versions, after unlocking thedoors, keeping the remote control button pressed for about 2 seconds will obtain window and sunroof (where provided) opening.

The system complies
with the forthcomingStandard 2000/4/ EC
concerning the safety of passengers leaning out of the passenger compartment.

Alfawiki.nl

B: right window opening/closing; window opening or closing in “automatic
continuous” mode;
IMPORTANT Window automatismshall be restored after replacing or disconnecting the battery or after replacing
the power window control unit protection fuses.

A0F0051m

fig. 70

Restoring procedure shall be performed
with doors closed as follows:
1. open the driver’s window completely and then keep the buttonpressed for at least 3 seconds after opening the window;
2. close the driver’s window completely and then keep the buttonpressed for at least 3 seconds after closing the window;
3. repeat operations described at points
1 and 2 on the passenger’s window;
4. operate the windows to check forproper intialisation.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESINDEX

A: left window opening/closing; window opening or closing in “automatic
continuous” mode;

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Pressing briefly one of the buttons thewindow “jerks” whereas a prolonged
pressing makes the window opening or
closing in “automatic continuous” mode.
Pressing button A or B again will stop thewindow in the required position.

On the driver’s door panel are set the
buttons fig. 70 for controlling, withelectronic key fitted into the ignition device:

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Driver side

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Press buttons A or B to open/close therequired window.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

CONTROLS

Alfawiki.nl
89

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

90

Improper use of thepower windows can be
dangerous. Before andduring its operation ensure thatany passengers are not at risk
from the moving glass either by
personal objects getting caught
in the mechanism or by being injured by it directly. Always remove the ignition key when getting out of the car to prevent thepower windows being operated
accidentally and constituting adanger to the passengers in thecar.
Passenger’s door

BOOT
Boot unlocking is electric and it is disabled when the car is running.
Using the “Setup Menu” (or the Radionavigation System on certain versions) boot opening can be set by selecting the option “Indep. boot” (seeparagraph “Reconfigurable multifunction
display” in this section): the boot can
only be opened by pressing the electronic key button `.
Improper boot closing is indicated bysymbol R and a message on the display (see section “Warning lights andmessages”).

The passenger's door is provided with the
button for opening/closing manually/automatically the passenger's window.

Alfawiki.nl

fig. 71

A0F0271m

When unlocked, the boot can be
opened from outside the vehicle pressing the electric logo (fig. 71) until it
snaps unlocked.
Tailgate raising is facilitated by the side
gas shock springs.
Opening the boot its internal light willturn on and it will go off automaticallywhen re-closing the tailgate. Leaving the
tailgate inadvertently open, the light willturn off automatically after a few minutes.

❒ close all the doors and the tailgate;❒ press remote control button Á or button q on the central console;❒ press remote control button Ë or button q on the central console.

EMERGENCY OPENING OF
THE BOOT FROM INSIDE
To open the tailgate from the inside if
the battery is flat or the electric tailgate
lock is failing, proceed as follows:❒ tilt the rear seats as described inparagraph “Extending the boot” inthis section;❒ remove rear head restraints;❒ working inside the boot, remove cover A-fig. 72 and then operate
lever B-fig. 73.

❒ volumetric protection;❒ anti-raising protection;❒ tailgate monitoring sensor.
Re-closing the tailgate will restore all theabove functions and direction indicators
will turn on for about 1 second.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

IMPORTANT After disconnecting thebattery or failing the protection fuse, tailgate locking/unlocking mechanism shallbe “initialised” again, proceed as follows:

A0F0251m

fig. 73WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

A0F0250m

INDEX

fig. 72

Opening the boot with alarm on (for versions/markets, where provided), willdeactivate:

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Press the electronic key button `.
Opening is indicated by double flashingof direction indicators.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

OPENING BY REMOTE
CONTROL

Alfawiki.nl
91

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLS

Lower the boot pressing the lock until
hearing the locking click.
IMPORTANT Before closing the boot,check whether you have with you theignition key since the tailgate will belocked automatically.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESBOOT CLOSING92

The addition of objects(speakers, spoilers, etc.)
on the rear shelf or bootlid, except those envisaged by
the manufacturer, may preventthe gas filled struts at the sidesof the boot from working properly.

WARNING

When using the boot,make sure the loads do
not exceed the permitted
weight (see “Technical specifications” chapter). Also makesure the items in the boot arearranged properly to prevent
them being thrown forwards
and injuring passengers should
you brake sharply.

WARNING

Never travel with objects on the rear shelf
to prevent them being thrownforwards and injuring passengers in case of accident or
sharp braking.

Alfawiki.nl

EXTENDING THE BOOT
The double rear seat enables to extend
the boot totally or partially by splitting
one of the two seat section, thus obtaining different loading spaces according to the number of rear passengers.

WARNING

When driving at nightwith heavy loads in theboot, check and adjust, if required, the low beams height(see paragraph “Headlights”
in this section).

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES
A0F0253m

Removing the rearparcel shelf

Total extension

Proceed as follows:❒ move seat belts aside; check that theseat belt is not twisted;

Proceed as follows:❒ release both rod ends A-fig. 74
supporting the rear parcel shelf B by
removing the eyelets C from pins D;
A0F0085m

fig. 76❒ raise backrest retaining levers
A-fig. 76 and tilt the backrests forward in order to obtain a single loading surface fig. 77 (when raisinglever A the “red band” B will appear).

INDEX❒ release the pins E-fig. 75 set outside the shelf from their seats F onside supports, then remove the rearparcel shelf.

❒ lower completely the rear seat headrestraints;

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

fig. 77WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

A0F0244m

fig. 75

IN AN
EMERGENCY

A0F0243m

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

fig. 74

Alfawiki.nl
93

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

94

Partial extension
Proceed as follows:❒ move seat belt aside; check that theseat belt is not twisted;❒ lower completely the rear seat headrestraint;❒ raise backrest retaining lever Afig. 76 and tilt the backrest forward (when raising lever A the “redband” B will appear).

To return the rear seatback to its original position
Move aside the seat belts, check thatthey are not twisted.
Raise the seat backrests and push themback until hearing the locking click ofboth retainers; the “red band” B aside
the levers A shall no longer be visible.
The “red band” B actually indicates thatthe backrest is not properly secured.

WARNING

Make sure the backrestis properly secured atboth sides (“red bands” B-fig.
76 not visible) to prevent it
moves forward in the event of
sharp braking causing injuries
to passengers.

Alfawiki.nl

A0F0131m

fig. 78

ANCHORING THE LOAD
The boot houses 4 hooks for anchoringropes in order to guarantee perfect load
anchoring.
On certain versions, hooks B-fig. 78
can be located on the boot sides.

WARNINGA heavy load that has
not been secured may
cause serious harm.

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSCARGO BOX
(for versions/markets,
where provided)

The luggage cover shall be used toarrange luggage and/or to carry light
objects.

It is a special box fig. 80, to be used
to house objects in the boot, that enables to obtain a level loading surface.

The cover shall be secured to the two
hooks (one per side) A-fig. 79 located in the boot.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

LUGGAGE COVER(for versions/markets,
where provided)

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

A0F0007m

IN AN
EMERGENCY

fig. 80TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

A0F00010m

fig. 79

INDEX

If you want to carryreserve fuel in a can,follow law regulations, only
using a certified can, suitably
fastened to the load securing
eyelets. Even in this way therisk of fire is increased in thecase of an accident.

SAFETYDEVICESWARNING

Alfawiki.nl
95

SAFETY
DEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR❒ keep the lever B-fig. 82 pulled
and raise the bonnet
IMPORTANT Bonnet raising is aided by two gas springs. Do not tamper
with these springs and guide the bonnet
while raising it.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Proceed as follows:96

Improper bonnet closing is indicated bysymbol S and a message on the display (see section “Warning lights andmessages”).

TO OPEN THE BONNETWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

BONNET

IMPORTANT Always check that thebonnet is closed properly to avoid its
opening while the car is travelling.

❒ pull lever A-fig. 81 until hearing
the releasing click;

IMPORTANT Before opening the bonnet, check that windscreen wiper arms
are not lifted from the windscreen or thewiper is working.

A0F0122m

fig. 81WARNING

Carry out operations
only when the car is
stationary.

WARNING
A0F0158m

fig. 82

TO CLOSE THE BONNET
Lower the bonnet at approx. 20 centimetres from the engine compartment
and then let it drop, ensuring that it isfully closed and not just held in positionby the safety catch. If the bonnet does
not close properly, do not push it down
but open it again and repeat the above
procedure.

Alfawiki.nl

For safety reasons thebonnet must be closed
properly to avoid its opening
while the car is travelling.
Therefore, always check it isproperly closed and the catch
engaged. Should you noticethat the catch is not perfectly
engaged when travelling, stop
the car immediately and close
the bonnet.

IMPORTANT Never exceed the max.
permissible loads (see ”Technical specifications” section).

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

IMPORTANT After few kilometers,
check that fastening screws are firmly
tightened.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Distribute the load evenly and when driving, bearin mind the increased
sensitivity to side wind.

A0F0097m

fig. 83

Proper adjustment of the headlightbeams is of vital importance for yoursafety and comfort and also for the other road users. To ensure you and otherdrivers have the best visibility conditions
when travelling with the headlights on,
the headlights must be set properly. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services tohave the headlights properly adjusted.

INDEX

Preset hooks are located on the rear
spoiler A-fig. 83 at rearscreen wiper
blade level B.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

ADJUSTING THE
HEADLIGHT BEAM

Certain versions can be preset for installing suitable roof racks/ski racks.

IN AN
EMERGENCYHEADLIGHTS

ROOF RACK/SKI RACK

Alfawiki.nl
97

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES❒ position 1 - load: driver + 3 passengers / driver + 3 passengers +load in the boot (65 kg for 2.2 version / 50 kg for 3.2 version);

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Control has four positions corresponding
to the loads given below:

98❒ position 0 - load: driver / driver +front passenger;

fig. 83a

A0F0226m

HEADLIGHT AIMING DEVICE
It works with the key fitted into the ignition device and dipped beams on.
When the car is loaded, it slopes backwards. This means that the headlightbeam rises. In this case, it is necessary
to return it to the correct position.
In this event, to adjust the headlightslant use control A-fig. 83a set on the
button control panel near the steering
wheel.
If the car is fitted with bixenon headlights, headlight aiming is electronic andtherefore control A is not present.

❒ position 2 - load: driver + load in theboot (290 kg for 2.2 version / 275
kg for 3.2 version);❒ position 3 - not to be used.
IMPORTANT Check headlight slant
each time the transported load changes.
FRONT FOG LIGHT
ADJUSTMENT
Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
to have the headlights correctly adjusted.

Alfawiki.nl

fig. 84

A0F0050m

HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENTABROAD
The dipped beam headlights are adjusted for circulation in the country in which
the car is marketed. In countries with
opposite circulation, to avoid glaring oncoming vehicles, proceed as follows:❒ remove headlight cover (see paragraph “Dipped beam headlights” insection “In an emergency”);❒ move lever A-fig. 84 aside.

WARNING

When the ABS cuts in,and you feel the brake
pedal pulsating, do not remove your foot, but keep it
pressed; in doing so you willstop in the shortest amount of
space possible under the current road conditions.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING

If the ABS system cuts
in, it is a sign that thegrip between tyre and theroad surface has reached thelimit: you must slow down tomatch the speed to the road
grip available.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIMPORTANT To have the maximum
efficiency of the braking system, it isnecessary a setting period of about 500
km: during this period it is better toavoid sharp, repeated and prolonged
brakes.

The ABS exploits thetyre-road grip at the
best, but it cannot improve it;
you should therefore takeevery care when driving on
slippery surfaces without taking unnecessary risks.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

System is completed by EBD (Electronic Braking Force Distribution), which distributes the braking action between front
and rear wheels.

The driver can tell the ABS system hascome into action because the brake pedal pulsates slightly and the system getsnoisier: it means that the car speed
should be altered to fit the type of roadsurface.

WARNINGTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

The car is fitted with ABS braking system, which prevents the wheels fromlocking when braking, makes the mostof road grip and gives the best control
when emergency braking under difficultroad conditions.

ABS SYSTEMINTERVENTIONINDEX

ABS SYSTEM

Alfawiki.nl
99

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESFAILURE WARNING LIGHTS
ABS failure
ABS failure is indicated by the turning
on of warning light > on the instrument panel (together with a message
on the display) (see section “Warning
lights and messages”). In this case thebraking system is still efficient, though
without the aid of the ABS system.
Drive carefully to the closest Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services to have the system
checked.

INDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

EBD failure

100

BRAKE ASSIST(emergency braking
assistance)
The system, which cannot be cut out,
recognizes emergency braking (on the
ground of the brake pedal operation
speed) and considerably increases thepressure in the brake circuit.
Brake Assist is deactivated on the versions equipped with VDC system in theevent of VDC system failure, indicatedby the turning on of warning light á on
the instrument panel (together with amessage on the display).

VDC SYSTEM(Vehicle Dynamics
Control)
The VDC system is an electronic system
controlling the car stability in the eventof tyre grip loss.
The VDC system is therefore particularly useful when grip conditions of theroad surfaces changes.
VDC SYSTEMINTERVENTION
It is indicated by the blinking of thewarning light á on the instrument panel, to inform the driver that the car isin critical stability and grip conditions.

EBD failure is indicated by the turning
on of warning lights > + x on the instrument panel (together with a message on the display) (see section“Warning lights and messages”).
In this case with sharp braking the rear
wheels might lock too early, with thepossibility of skidding. Drive extremely
carefully to the closest Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to have the system
checked.

Alfawiki.nl

The VDC system is automatically activated when the engine is started. When
travelling, to turn the VDC off press the
ASR/ VDC button on the central console
for 2 seconds fig. 85. Turning off the
VDC will also turn off the ASR. Both functions can be reactivated by pressing the
ASR/VDC button.
VDC system deactivation is indicatedby the dedicated message on the display.

WARNING

Performance of the
VDC system, in termsof active safety should not induce the driver to take pointless and unnecessary risks.
The style of driving must in
any case always be adapted tothe conditions of the road surface, visibility an traffic. Road
safety is always the driver’s
responsibility.

For correct operation of
the VDC system, thetyres must absolutely be of
the same brand and type on allwheels, in perfect conditions
and, above all, of type, brandand size specified.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESINDEX

If the VDC has been turned off whentravelling, at next engine start-up it willturn on again automatically.

WARNING

CORRECT USE
OF THE CARTURNING THE VDC SYSTEM
ON/OFFWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

A0F0026m

During the use of thespace-saver spare wheel(for versions/markets, where
provided), the VDC system
carries on working. However,
you must remind that the
space-saver spare wheel has
dimensions smaller than thestandard tyre and therefore its
grip is reduced as to the other car tyres.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

fig. 85

In the event of failure, the VDC system
is automatically disconnected and thewarning light á comes on with fixed
light on the instrument panel (together
with a message on the display) (see section “Warning lights and messages”). In
this case contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services as soon as possible.

WARNINGTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

FAILURE WARNING LIGHTS

Alfawiki.nl
101

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

102

HILL HOLDER SYSTEM

Failure warnings

This system is an integral part of the VDC
system and it is provided to facilitatestarting on slopes:

System failure is indicated by the dedicated message on the display (see section “Warning lights and messages”).

❒ uphill: car at a standstill on a roadwith a gradient higher than 6%, engine running, clutch and brake pedal depressed, gearbox to neutral orengaged gear other than reverse;❒ downhill: car at a standstill on a roadwith a gradient higher than 6%, engine running, clutch and brake pedal depressed and reverse gear engaged.

IMPORTANT The Hill Holder system
is not a parking brake. Never get outof the car without engaging the handbrake, switching the engine off and engaging the first gear.

ASR SYSTEM(AntiSlip Regulation)
This system is an integral part of the VDC
system, it controls car drive and cuts in
automatically every time one or both driving wheels slip.
According to slipping conditions, two different control systems are activated:❒ if slipping involves both driving
wheels, the ASR function intervenes
reducing the power transmitted by
the engine;❒ if slipping involves only one driving
wheel, the ASR system cuts in automatically braking the wheel that isslipping.

At pickup the VDC system control unit
will keep brake force on wheels until
reaching the torque suitable for starting,or in any case for about 1 second in order to pass easily from the brake pedal
to the accelerator pedal.

The action of the ASR is particularly helpful in the following circumstances:❒ slipping of the inner wheel due tothe effect of dynamic load changes
or excessive acceleration;

This time elapsing without starting, thesystem will deactivate automatically by
releasing gradually the brake force.

❒ too much power transmitted to thewheels also in relation to the conditions of the road surface;

At releasing, the typical brake disengagement noise indicating that the car
is going to move will be heard.

Alfawiki.nl

When the ASR is switched off this isshown by the lighting up of the
ASR/VDC button led and by symbol Von the display.
If the ASR is switched off when travelling, it will turn on again automaticallythe next time the engine is started.
When travelling on snowy roads withsnow chains, it may be helpful to turn
the ASR off: in fact, in these conditions,slipping of the driving wheels when moving off makes it possible to obtain better drive.
Failure warnings
In the event of malfunctioning, the ASR
system is automatically disconnected
and symbol V will be displayed. In thiscase contact Alfa Romeo Authorized SerAlfawiki.nl
vices as soon as
possible.

MSR system (engine braking
torque control)
It is an integral part of the ASR systemthat in case of sudden gear shifting, cutsin providing torque to the engine thus
preventing excessive driving wheel drive that, specially in poor grip conditions,
can lead to loss of stability.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING

The performance of thesystem, in terms of active safety should not induce
the driver to take pointlessand unnecessary risks. The
style of driving must in any
case always be adapted to theconditions of the road surface,visibility an traffic. Road safety is always the driver’s responsibility.

When travelling the ASR can beswitched off by pressing briefly the
ASR/VDC button on the central console.

For correct operation of
the ASR system, alltyres must absolutely be of
the same brand, size and type,in normal conditions of use andat the pressure values specified in paragraph “Wheels” insection “Technical Specifications”).

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

The ASR system switches on automatically each time the instrument panel isturned on.

IN AN
EMERGENCY❒ in the case of loss of grip on a wet
surface (aquaplaning).

WARNINGTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Switching the ASR system
on/off

INDEX❒ acceleration on slippery, snowy or
frozen surfaces;

103

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

104

EOBD SYSTEM(for versions/markets,
where provided)

The EOBD system (European On Board
Diagnosis) allows continuous diagnosisof the components of the car correlated with emissions.
It also alerts the driver, by turning on thewarning light U on the instrument panel (together with the message on thedisplay) (see section “Warning lights
and messages”), when these components are no longer in peak conditions.
The objective is:❒ to keep system efficiency under control;❒ to warn when a fault causes emission levels to increase;❒ to warn of the need to replace deteriorated components.
The system also has a diagnostic connector that can be interfaced with appropriate tools, which makes it possible
to read the error codes stored in the control unit, together with a series of specific parameters for engine operationand diagnosis. This check can also be
carried out by the traffic police.

IMPORTANT After eliminating theinconvenience, to check the systemcompletely, Alfa Romeo Authorized Services are obliged to run a bench test
and, if necessary, road tests which may
also call for a long journey.

If when fitting the key
into the ignition device,
the warning light U
does not turn on or if, while
travelling it turns on glowing
steadily or flashing, contact
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
as soon as possible. Warning
light U operation can bechecked by means of special
equipment by traffic agents.
Always comply with the traffic
regulations in force in the country where you are travelling.

Alfawiki.nl

SOUND SYSTEM
The car is fitted with sound system withCD or MP3 CD player (for versions/markets, where provided). As concerns
sound system operation, refer to the
Supplement attached to this Owner
Handbook.

WARNING

Take care when fitting
additional spoilers, alloy rims and non-standard
wheel caps: they might reduce
ventilation of the brakes, thus
their efficiency, during abrupt
and repeated braking, or long
downhill slopes. Make surethat nothing (mats, etc.) getsin the way of the pedals when
they are pushed down.

IMPORTANT Installation of devices
resulting in modifications of car characteristics may cause driving license seizing by traffic agents and also the lapseof the warranty as concerns defects dueto the abovementioned modification or
traceable back to it directly or indirectly.
Fiat Auto S.p.A. declines all responsibility for damages caused by the installation of non-genuine accessories or notrecommended by Fiat Auto S.p.A. andinstalled not in Alfawiki.nl
compliance with the specified requirements.

In addition, transmission and receptionof these devices may be affected by theshielding effect of the car body.
As concerns the use of mobile phones(GSM, GPRS, UMTS) with homologation, keep strictly to the mobile
phone manufacturer’s specifications.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

IMPORTANT The use of mobile
phones, HAM radio systems or othersimilar devices inside the passenger
compartment (without separate aerial)
may cause electronic systems equipping
the car to malfunction. This could compromise safety in addition to constituting a potential hazard for the passengers.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Fiat Auto S.p.A. authorizes the installation of transceivers provided that installation is carried out at a specialized
shop, workmanlike performed and incompliance with manufacturer’s specifications.

Radio transceiver equipment (vehicle
mobile phones, CB radios, amateur radio and similar equipment) shall not be
used inside the car unless a separate aerial is mounted on the roof.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Electric/electronic devices installed after buying the car or in aftermarket shallbear the and marking:

RADIO TRANSMITTERS AND
CELLULAR TELEPHONESTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

If after buying the car, you decide to install electrical accessories that require apermanent electric supply (alarm, satellite antitheft system, etc.) or accessories
that in any case burden the electric supply, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services, whose qualified personnel, besides
suggesting the most suitable devices belonging to Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo, will
also evaluate the overall electric absorption, checking whether the car’s electric
system is able to withstand the load required, or whether it needs to be integrated with a more powerful battery.

INSTALLATION OF
ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC
DEVICESINDEXACCESSORIESPURCHASEDBY THE OWNER105DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

106

PARKING SENSORSACTIVATION

Parking sensors inform the driver about
the presence of obstacles behind the car.

Sensors are activated automatically,
with electronic key fitted into the ignition device, when the reverse gear is engaged.

(for versions/markets, where provided)

This system is therefore an aid for thedriver when parking the car since it detects obstacles out of the driver’s sightrange.
The presence and the distance from thecar of an obstacle is indicated by a warning buzzer - as the distance from the obstacle decreases, the acoustic alarm becomes more frequent.

Sensors will deactivate when exceeding
18 km/h.
When sensors are on, rear indicators willsound warning signals as soon as an obstacle is detected: as the distance fromthe obstacle decreases, the acoustic
alarm becomes more frequent.
When the distance between the car andthe obstacle is less than 30 cm, theacoustic alarm becomes continuous.
The acoustic alarm will stop immediately
as distance raises. The acoustic alarm isconstant if the distance measured bycentral sensors is unvaried, whereas if
this situation takes place for side sensors the acoustic alarm is muted after
about 3 seconds to prevent sound indications when performing manoeuvresnear walls.

Alfawiki.nl

WARNING

Parking manoeuvres
however are always
under the driver’s responsibility that shall always check theabsence of people (speciallychildren) or animals in the manoeuvre space. This system isjust a help for the driver but
she/he shall never reduce attention during dangerous manoeuvres even if performed at
low speed.

Obstacles are detected by 4 sensors located in the rear bumper fig. 86.

For proper operation,
the parking sensors shallalways be clean frommud, dirt, snow or ice. Whencleaning the sensors, take theutmost care to prevent their
damaging; do not use therefore
dry or rough clothes. Sensors
shall be washed with clean water and car detergent, if required. In washing stations,clean sensors quickly keeping
the vapour jet/high pressure
washing nozzles at 10 cm atleast from the sensors.

SENSOR DETECTION RANGE
Sensors enable the system to monitor
he rear part of the car.
Actually their position covers the central
and side areas of the rear part of the car.
An obstacle positioned at central area is
detected at a distance less than approx.
1.40 m.
An obstacle positioned at side area is detected at a distance less than 0.6 m.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARSENSORSWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

A0F0232m

INDEX

fig. 86

Repainting the bumpers
or touch-up in the sensor area, if required,shall be carried out at Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services only. Incorrect repainting may impair regular operation of theparking sensors.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

The presence of any obstacle and its distance from the car is indicated by thebuzzers installed in the rear area of thepassenger compartment.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCEBUZZER

Alfawiki.nl
107

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES

Sensors are reactivated automaticallywhen removing the trailer cable plug.

Sensors operation is deactivated automaticallywhen the trailer electric
cable plug is fitted into the car
tow hook socket.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

TOWING TRAILERS

108

FAILURE INDICATIONSThe system control unit checks every
system component each time the key isfitted into the ignition device. Sensors
and relevant electrical connections arethen constantly monitored during system operation.

If a failure is indicated, stop the car, turnthe engine off and then clean the sensors. Make sure to be far from possible
ultrasound sources (e.g.: truck pneumatic brakes or pneumatic hammers).
If failure cause has been eliminated thesystem will resume regular operationand message + symbol on the display
will turn off.
If the warning light stays on, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to havethe system inspected, although the system keeps on working. If the failure detected does not impair system operation,
the system keeps on working and failure is stored in order to be then detected by Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
at next inspection.

Sensor failure is indicated by message+ symbol on the display (see section“Warning lights and messages”).

Alfawiki.nl

GENERAL WARNINGS
When parking, take the utmost care to
obstacles that may be set above or under the sensors. Objects set close to thecar, under certain circumstances are notdetected and could therefore cause damages to the car or be damaged.
Indications sent by the sensors can bealtered by dirt, snow or ice deposited on
the sensors or by ultrasound systems(e.g.: truck pneumatic brakes or pneumatic hammers) set nearby the car.

The T.P.M.S. does notexempt the driver fromchecking tyre pressure, including the space-saver spare
wheel (for versions/markets,
where provided) at regular intervals.

Tyre pressure should be checked withtyres cold. Should it become necessary
for whatever reason to check pressure
with hot tyres, do not reduce pressure
although it is higher than the prescribedvalue but repeat the check when tyres
are cold (see section “Wheels” in section “Technical Specifications”).

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Failure indications will not be stored andtherefore will not be displayed whenturning the engine off and on again. If
failure persists, the control unit will send
warning indications to the instrument
panel only after a few seconds when the
car is moving.

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING

IMPORTANT NOTESThe T.P.M.S. system requires special
equipment. Consult Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to know what type of accessories are compatible with the system (wheels, wheel caps, etc.). Usingother accessories could cause system
malfunctioning. Due to inflation valve
special characteristics, use only tyre repair sealants approved by Alfa Romeo;
other sealants could cause system malfunctioning.

INDEX

The car can be equipped with the
T.P.M.S. (Tyre Pressure Monitoring System). This system consists of a radio-frequency sensor, installed on each wheel(on the rim inside the tyre) that sends
pressure information to the control unit.

T.P.M.S. cannot indicate sudden tyrepressure drops (e.g.: tyre burst). In thisevent, brake the car cautiously andavoid sudden steering.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM T.P.M.S. (where provided)(for versions/markets, where provided)

Alfawiki.nl
109

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

If after repairing a punctured tyre with
the Fix&Go automatic kit and restoring
the initial conditions the flat tyre warning light continues to stay on, contact
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

Strong radio-frequency disturbances
could inhibit proper TPMS system operation. This condition is indicated by a
dedicated massage on the display. This
indication will go off automatically assoon as the radio-frequency disturbanceceases.

Tyre pressure could change according tooutside temperature. For this reason the
T.P.M.S. system could temporarily indicate low tyre pressure. In this event
check pressure with cold tyres and restore proper inflation values if required.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

If the car is fitted with T.P.M.S. system,
when changing a tyre, change also therubber seal of the valve and the fastening ring of the sensor. Contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services.

110

Alfawiki.nl

If the car is fitted with T.P.M.S. system,
tyre and/or rim removal and refitting
operations involve special precautions;to prevent damages or wrong sensor refitting, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services to have tyre and/or rimchanged.

–

YES

Contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services

Wheel changewith space-saver spare wheel

NO

YES

Repair damaged
wheel

Wheel changewith snow tyres

NO

YES

Contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services

Wheel changewith snow tyres

YES

NO

–

Wheel changewith others of different
size (*)

YES

NO

–

Wheel cross switching(front/rear) (**)

YES

NO

–

(*) Given as an alternative on the owner's manual and to be found in Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo.

INDEX(**) Not crossed (tyres shall remain on the same side).

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS–SAFETYDEVICES

Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services operation

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Failure Indication

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Sensor presence

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Operation

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

In order to use the system properly, refer to the following table when you have to change wheels/tyres:

Alfawiki.nl
111

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

112

AT THE FILLINGSTATIONPETROL ENGINES
Use only unleaded petrol. To prevent errors, the diameter of the fuel tank filler
is too small to introduce a lead petrol
pump filler. Use petrol with a rated octane number (R.O.N.) not lower than95.
IMPORTANT An inefficient catalyst
leads to harmful exhaust emissions, thus
contributing to air pollution.
IMPORTANT Never use leaded
petrol, even in small amount or in an
emergency, as this would damage thecatalyst beyond repair.

DIESEL ENGINES
If the outside temperature is very low,the diesel thickens due to the formationof paraffin and could clog the diesel fuel filter.
In order to avoid these problems, different types of diesel are distributed according to the season: summer type,winter type arctic type (mountains/coldareas).
If refuelling with diesel fuel not suitable
for the current temperature, mix diesel
fuel with TUTELA DIESEL ART additive in the proportions stated on thecan, putting first the antifreeze in thetank and then the diesel fuel.
If driving or parking the vehicle for a long
period in cold areas/mountains, refuelwith the diesel fuel available at local filling stations. In this situation you are also recommended to have in the tank an
amount of fuel 50% higher than usable
capacity.

Alfawiki.nl

The car must only befilled with diesel fuel for
motor vehicles, in compliance with European Standard
EN590. The use of other products or mixtures may irreparably damage the engine with invalidation of the warranty due
to the damage caused. In theevent of accidentally filling withanother type of fuel, do notstart the engine and empty thetank. If the engine has been run
even for only a very short time,in addition to the tank, it is also necessary to drain out thewhole fuel circuit.
REFUELLING
To guarantee full tank filling, carry out
two refuelling operations after the firstclick of the fuel delivery gun. Avoid further topping up operations that could
cause damages to the fuel system.

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSFUEL FILLER CAP

B

C

A0F0299m

fig. 87

WARNING

Do not put naked
flames or lighted cigarettes near the fuel filler holeas there is danger of fire.
Do not bend too close to thehole either so as not tobreathe in harmful vapours.

In case of failure, the fuel filler cap canbe opened by pulling string set on theright side of the boot fig. 88.

INDEX

IMPORTANT The sealing of the tank
may cause light pressurising in the tank.
A little breathing off, while slackening
the cap, is absolutely normal.

A0F0130m

EMERGENCY OPENING
OF THE FUEL FILLER CAP

Closing
Fit cap B in its housing and turn it clockwise until it clicks once or more, then close
the flap A.

fig. 88

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESAIN AN
EMERGENCY

Open the flap A-fig. 87 by means offront part (see figure), turn cap B anticlockwise and extract it. The cap has adevice C retaining it to the flap so it cannot be lost. When refuelling, attach thecap to the flap, as illustrated.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Opening

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESThe fuel tank lid can only be opened
with doors unlocked and engine
switched off.

Alfawiki.nl
113

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

114

PROTECTING THE
ENVIRONMENT
The devices for curtailing petrol engine
emissions are the following:❒ three-way catalytic converter;❒ Lambda sensors;❒ fuel evaporation system.
In addition, do not let the engine run,even for a test, with one or more spark
plugs disconnected.
The devices for curtailing diesel fuel engine emissions are the following:❒ oxidising catalytic converter;❒ exhaust gas recirculation system(E.G.R.);DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER(DPF)
The Diesel Particulate Filter is a mechanical filter, integral with the exhaustsystem, that physically traps particulatepresent in the exhaust gases of Diesel
engines.
The diesel particular filter has been
adopted to eliminate almost totally particulates in compliance with current /future law regulations.
During normal use of the car, the engine
control unit records a set of data (e.g.:travel time, type of route, temperatures,etc.) and it will then calculate how muchparticulates has been trapped by the filter.

❒ diesel particulate filter (DPF).
WARNING

During normal service
the diesel particulate
filter (DPF) reaches high temperatures. Do not therefore
park the car over inflammablematerials (grass, dry leaves,pine needles, etc.): fire hazard.

Alfawiki.nl

Since this filter physically traps particulates, it shall be cleaned (reclaimed) atregular intervals by burning carbon particles. Reclaiming procedure is controlled
automatically by the engine control unit
according to the filter conditions and theconditions of use of the car. During reclaiming the following phenomena could
take place: idling slight increase, fan activation, slight smoke increase, high exhaust temperatures. These situations
shall not be considered as faults and they
do not affect car performance and environment.
Diesel particulate filter
cloggedWhen the Diesel particulate filter isclogged, the display will show symbol
h and the dedicated message. In
this case keep the car running until symbol h + and message turn off.

SEAT BELTS ...................................................... 116
PRETENSIONERS ............................................... 118

Ù

S.B.R. SYSTEM ................................................ 117

SAFETYDEVICESDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETY DEVICESPRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE“UNIVERSAL ISOFIX” CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM.... 126

CORRECT USE
OF THE CARCARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY .............................. 121

INDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SIDE AIR BAGS (Side bag - Window bag) ............. 132

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESFRONT AIR BAGS............................................... 128

Alfawiki.nl
115

SAFETY
DEVICESTo fasten seat belts, take the tongue Afig. 1 and insert it into the buckle B,
until hearing the locking click.
At removal, if it jams, let it rewind fora short stretch, then pull it out again
without jerking.

INDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

The belt should be worn keeping thechest straight and rested against the seatback.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CARUSING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSEAT BELTS

116

A0F0083m

fig. 1

To unfasten the seat belts, press button
C. Guide the seat belt with your hand
while it is rewinding, to prevent it fromtwisting.
WARNING

Never press button C
when travelling.
Through the reel, the belt automatically
adapts to the body of the passenger
wearing it, allowing freedom of movement.

Alfawiki.nl

fig. 2

A0F0055m

When the car is parked on a steep slope
the reel mechanism may block; this isnormal. The reel mechanism prevents
the webbing coming out when it is jerked
or if the car brakes sharply, in a collisionor when cornering at high speed.
The rear seat is fitted with inertial seatbelts with three anchor points and reel.
Rear seat belts shall be worn as shownin fig. 2.

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSÙCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Make sure the backrestis properly secured atboth sides (red band A-fig. 3
not visible) to prevent it moves
forward in the event of sharp
braking causing injuries to passengers.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Remember that in theevent of a violent collision, back seat passengers notwearing seat belts also represent a serious danger for thefront seat passengers.

WARNINGTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCEWARNING

A0F0085m

fig. 3The car is fitted with the S.B.R. system(Seat Belt Reminder), consisting of abuzzer which, together with the turning
on of warning light < warns the driverand the front passenger to fasten theseat belt. The buzzer can be muted temporarily as follows:❒ fasten front seat belts;❒ fit the electronic key into the ignition
device;❒ wait for over 20 seconds, but lessthan 1 minute, and then unfasten
one of the front seat belts.
This procedure will be valid until switching the engine off.
For permanent deactivation, contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services. The S.B.R.
system can only be reset through the“Setup Menu” (see paragraph “Reconfigurable multifunction display“ in section“Dashboard and controls”).

INDEX

IMPORTANT After putting the seatsback to their travelling position, restore
the seat belt position to make themready for use.

S.B.R. SYSTEM(Seat Belt Reminder)

SAFETYDEVICESIMPORTANT Correct backrest fastening is guaranteed when the “redband” A-fig. 3 aside levers B is nolonger visible. The “red band” actuallyindicates that the backrest is not properly secured.

Alfawiki.nl
117

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

118

PRETENSIONERS
To increase the efficiency of the seatbelts, the car is fitted with front pretensioners. These devices, in the event ofa violent crash, rewind the seat belts a
few centimetres. In this way they ensure that the seat belt adheres perfectly to the wearer before the restraining
action begins.
The seat belt locks to indicate that thedevice has intervened; the seat belt cannot be drawn back up even when guiding it manually.
IMPORTANT To obtain the highest
degree of protection from the action of
the pretensioning device, wear the seatbelt keeping it firmly close to the chestand pelvis.
Front seat pretensioners activate only
if front seat belts are properly fitted into buckles.

Anything that modifies its original conditions invalidates its efficiency. Anythingthat modifies its original conditions invalidates its efficiency. If due to unusual natural events (floods, sea storms,etc.) the device has been affected bywater and mud, it must necessarily be
replaced.

WARNING

The pretensioner can
only be used once. After a collision that has triggered it, have it replaced at Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.
Pretensioner validity is indicated on the label located on
the door. Pretensioners should
be replaced at Alfa Romeo Authorized Services as this dateapproaches

A small amount of smoke may be produced. This smoke is in no way toxic andpresents no fire hazard.

Alfawiki.nl

Operations which leadto knocks, vibrations or
localised heating (over100°C for a maximum of 6hours) in the area around thepretensioners may cause damage or trigger them. These devices are not affected by vibrations caused by irregularities of
the road surface or low obstacles such as kerbs, etc. Contact
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
for any assistance.
LOAD LIMITERS
To increase passenger’s safety, the front
seat belt reels contain a load limiter
which allows controlled sag in such a
way as to dose the force acting on thechest and shoulders during the belt restraining action in case of front crash.

The driver must comply with (and havethe vehicle occupants follow) all the local legal regulations concerning the useof seat belts.
Always fasten the seat belts before starting.

Ù

SAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

IMPORTANT The belt should not be
twisted. The upper part should pass overthe shoulder and cross the chest diagonally. The lower part should adhere to
the pelvis fig. 5 and not the abdomenof the passenger. Do not use any objects(pegs, stoppers, etc.) to keep the belts
away from the body.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONSFOR USING THE SEAT BELTS

A0F0103m

fig. 5IN AN
EMERGENCY

A0F0104m

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

fig. 4For maximum protection keep the back ofyour seat upright, lean back into it and make sure the seatbelt fits closely across yourchest and hips. Make sure thatthe seat belts of the front andrear passengers are fastenedat all times! You increase therisk of serious injury or deathin a collision if you travel withthe belts unfastened.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSWARNING

INDEX

Seat belts are also to be worn by expectant mothers: the risk of injury in thecase of accident is greatly reduced forthem and the unborn child if they are
wearing a seat belt. Of course they must
position the lower part of the belt very
low down so that it passes under the abdomen fig. 4.

Alfawiki.nl
119

INDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSWARNING120

fig. 6

A0F0105m

IMPORTANT Never travel with a childsitting on the passenger’s lap with a single belt to protect them both fig. 6. Do
not fasten other objects to the body.

Under no circumstances
should the componentsof the seat belts and pretensioners be tampered with orremoved. Any operation
should be carried out by qualified and authorised personnel.
Always contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services.

WARNING

If the belt has been
subjected to heavy
stress, for example after an
accident, it should be changed
completely together with theanchors, anchor fastening
screws and the pretensioners.
In fact, even if the belt has no
visible defects, it could havelost its resilience.

Alfawiki.nl

HOW TO KEEP THE SEATBELTS ALWAYS INEFFICIENT CONDITIONS❒ Always use the belt with the tape tautand never twisted; make sure that it
is free to run without impediments;❒ after a serious accident, replace thebelt being worn at that time, even if
it does not appear damaged. Always
replace the seat belts if pretensioners have been activated;❒ to clean the belts, wash by handwith neutral soap, rinse and leave to
dry in the shade. Never use strong
detergents, bleach or dyes or otherchemical substance that might weaken the fibres;❒ prevent the reels from getting wet:their correct operation is only guaranteed if water does not get inside;❒ replace the seat belt when showing
significant wear or cut signs.

Group 1

9-18 kg in weightGroup 2

15-25 kg in weightGroup 322-36 kg in weight

As it may be noted, the groups overlap
partly and in fact, in commerce it is possible to find devices that cover morethan one weight group.
All restraint devices must bear the certification data, together with the control
brand, on a solidly fixed label whichmust absolutely never be removed.
Over 1.50 m in height, from the pointof view of restraint systems, children are
considered as adults and wear the seatbelts normally.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESÙWARNING

With passenger’s air
bag active, never placechild’s seats with the cradle
facing backwards since the air
bag activation could cause to
the child serious injuries, evenmortal, regardless of the seriousness of the crash that triggered it. You are advised tocarry children always withproper restraint systems on
the rear seats, as this is themost protected position in thecase of a crash.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CARGroup 0+ - 0-13 kg in weightWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Compared with adults, a child’s head is
proportionately larger and heavier than
the rest of the body, while muscles andbone structure are not completely developed. Therefore, in order to restraint
them correctly in the event of a crash,different systems are needed than adultseat belts.

Group 0 - 0-10 kg in weight

IN AN
EMERGENCY

This prescription is compulsory in all EC
countries according to EC Directive
2003/20/EC.

Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo offers seats foreach weight group, which are the recommended choice, as they have been
designed and experimented specifically for Alfa Romeo cars.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

For optimal protection in the event ofa crash, all passengers must be seated
and wearing adequate restraint systems.
This is even more important for children.

The results of research on the best child
restraint systems are contained in theEuropean Standard ECE-R44. This Standard enforces the use of restraint systems classified in five groups:

INDEX

CARRYING
CHILDREN SAFELY

Alfawiki.nl
121

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE122

WARNINGSERIOUS DANGER If it
is absolutely necessary
to carry a child on thefront passenger seatwith the cradle child’sseat facing backwards, thefront passenger’s air bags
(front air bag, knees air bag,where provided, and side bagon seat), must be deactivatedusing the key switch (for versions/markets, where provided). In this case it is absolutely necessary to check thewarning light F on the front
ceiling light panel (see paragraph “Passenger’s front airbag”) to make sure that deactivation has actually takenplace. Moreover, the front
passenger’s seat shall be adjusted in the most backward
position to prevent any contact
between the child’s seat andthe dashboard.

A0F0106m

fig. 7

A0F0106m

fig. 8

GROUP 0 and 0+

GROUP 1 fig. 8

Babies up to 13 kg must be carried facing backwards fig. 7 on a cradle seat,
which, supporting the head, does not induce stress on the neck in the event of
sharp deceleration.

Starting from 9 kg to 18 kg in weight,
children may be carried facing forwards.

The cradle is restrained by the car seatbelts and in turn it must restrain the childwith its own belts.

TThe figures are indicative for assembly purposes only. To install the child
restraint, refer to the instructions supplied with the same.
Child seats with Isofix attachments are available for a safe
anchoring to the seat without
using the car seat belts.

Alfawiki.nl

WARNING

A0F0109m

fig. 10

GROUP 2

GROUP 3

Starting from 15 kg to 25 kg in weight,
children may be restrained directly by
the car belts. The only function of theseat is to position the child correctly in
relation to the belts, so that the diagonal part adheres to the chest and not
to the neck and that the horizontal partclings to the child’s pelvis and not theabdomen fig. 9.

For children between 22 kg and 36 kg,
there are boosters allowing the seatbelt
to fit correctly. Fig. 10 shows proper
child seat positioning on the rear seat.

Ù

SAFETYDEVICESINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Children taller than 1.50 m can wear
seat belts like adults.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

A0F0108m

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

fig. 9IN AN
EMERGENCY

The illustrations are indicative only for assembly. Assemble the seat according to the compulsory instructions provided with it.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSWARNING

Alfawiki.nl
123

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESSUITABILITY OF PASSENGER SEATS FOR CHILD SEAT USEYour car complies with the new European Directive 2000/3/EC regulating child’s seat assembling on the different car seatsaccording to the following tables:
Front and rear seatINDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SEAT

124

Group

Range of weight

Front

Rear side

Seat with
4 positions

Seat with
8 positions

Rear
passenger

up to 13 kg

U (*)

U (*)

U

Group 1

9-18 kg

U (*)

U (*)

U

Group 2

15-25 kg

U (*)

U (*)

U

Group 322-36 kg

U (*)

U (*)

U

Group 0, 0+

Key:
U = suitable for child restraint systems of the “Universal” category, according to European Standard EEC-R44 for the specified “Groups”.
(*) = on cars not fitted with passenger’s seat adjustable in height, the seat back shall be positioned perfectly upright. On cars fitted withpassenger’s seat adjustable in height, the seat shall be raised as much as possible.

Alfawiki.nl

❒ passengers should never carry children on their laps. No-one, however strong they are, can hold a childin the event of a crash;❒ in case of an accident, replace theseat with a new one.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSÙSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR❒ while travelling, do not let the childsit incorrectly or release the belts;

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES❒ attain to the instructions for fastening the specific child restraint system
which you are using. These instructions must be provided by the manufacturer. Keep the child restraint system installation instructions with the
car documents and this Handbook.
Never use a child restraint system
without installation instructions;❒ always check the seat belts do not
fit around the child’s throat;

With passenger’s air
bag active, never placechild’s seats with the cradle
facing backwards since the air
bag activation could cause to
the child serious injuries, evenmortal, regardless of the seriousness of the crash that triggered it. You are advised tocarry children always withproper restraint systems on
the rear seats, as this is themost protected position in thecase of a crash.

IN AN
EMERGENCY❒ if the passenger’s air bag is deactivated always check that thewarning light F on the front ceiling light panel is glowing steadily toindicate that the air bag has been
deactivated;❒ only one child is to be strapped toeach retaining system;WARNINGTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE❒ the recommended position for installing child’s seat is on the rearseat, as it is the most protected in
the case of a crash;❒ always check the seat belt is well
fastened by pulling the webbing;

INDEX

Below is a summary of therules of safety to be followed
for carrying children:

Alfawiki.nl
125

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

126

PRESETTING FOR
MOUNTING THE“UNIVERSAL ISOFIX”
CHILD RESTRAINTSYSTEM
This car is preset for mounting the Universal Isofix child restraint system, a
new European standardised system forcarrying children safely. Fig. 11 shows
an example of child restraint system.
The Universal Isofix child’s seat covers
weight group: 1.
Due to its different anchoring system,
the Universal Isofix child’s seat shall beanchored to the proper lower metal
brackets A-fig. 12, set on rear seatback. The upper belt (provided with thechild’s seat) shall be then secured to fastener B-fig. 13 set on rear seat backrest at child’s seat height .
It is possible to mount both the traditional restraint system and the “Universal Isofix” one. Remember that incase of Universal Isofix child’s seat, you
can only use all those seats approved
with the marking ECE R44/03 “Universal Isofix”.

fig. 11

A0F0241m

The Universal Isofix “Duo Plus” childseat and the special “G 0/1” seat areavailable from Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo.
For any further installation/use detail,refer to the “Instructions Manual” thatmust be provided by the child restraint
system Manufacturer.

Alfawiki.nl

fig. 12

A0F0174m

fig. 13

A0F0190m

WARNING
Mount the child restraint
system only with the car
stationary. The Universal Isofix
child restraint system is properly anchored to the mounting
brackets when clicks are heard.
In any case, keep to the installation instructions that must be
provided by the child restraint
system Manufacturer.

Isofix size
group

Isofix positionside rear

Facing forwards

B

IUF

Facing forwards

B1

IUF

Facing forwards

A

IUF

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYIUF: suitable for Isofix child restraint systems to be set facing forwards, universal class (fitted with third upper fastener), approved forthe weight group.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CARGroup 1 from
9 to 18 kgChild’s seat
direction

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Range of weightÙThe table below, according to ECE 16 European Directive, shows the different installation possibilities of Isofix restraint systems on seats fitted with Isofix fasteners.

SAFETYDEVICESDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSPASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON ISOFIX CHILD’S SEAT USE

Alfawiki.nl
127

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

The car is fitted with front multistage airbags (“Smart bags”) for the driver andthe passenger and with knees air bag
for the driver and for the passenger (forversions/markets, where provided).

“SMART BAG” SYSTEM(FRONT MULTISTAGE AIR
BAGS)
The front air bags (driver and passenger) and knees air bags (driver and passenger) have been designed to protect
the occupants in the event of head-on
crashes of medium-high severity, by placing cushions between the occupant andthe steering wheel or dashboard.
In case of crash, an electronic control
unit, when required, triggers the inflation of the cushions that inflate, as a protection, between the body of the front
occupants and the structure that could
cause injuries. Immediately after, thecushions deflate.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYFRONT AIR BAGS

128

Alfawiki.nl

The front air bags (driver and passenger) and knees air bags (driver and passenger) are not a replacement of but
complementary to the use of belts,
which should always be worn, as specified by law in Europe and most non European countries.
In case of crash, a person not wearing
the seat belt moves forward and may
come into contact with the cushion while
it is still inflating. Under this circumstance the protection offered by the air
bag is reduced.

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLS

It consists of an instant-inflating cushion
contained in a special recess in the centre of the steering wheel fig. 14.

SAFETYDEVICESÙDRIVER’S FRONT AIR BAG

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

A0F0077m

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES❒ the air bag is not triggered as it offers
no additional protection comparedwith the seat belts, consequently it
would be pointless. Therefore, failure
to come into action in the above circumstance does not mean that thesystem is not working properly.

fig. 14IN AN
EMERGENCY❒ in case of wedging under other vehicles or protective barriers (for example under a truck or guard rail);

Do not apply stickers
or other objects to thesteering wheel or to the air
bag cover on the passenger’s
side or on the side roof lining.
Never put objects (e.g. mobile
phones) on the dashboard on
passenger side since they
could interfere with proper
passenger air bag inflation andalso cause serious injury.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE❒ front collisions against highly deformable objects not affecting the
car front surface (e.g. bumper collision against guard rail, etc.);

WARNING

INDEX

Front air bags may not be activated in
the following situations:

Alfawiki.nl
129

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSWARNINGINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESWith passenger’s air bag active, never place child’s seatswith the cradle facing backwards since the air bag activation could cause to the child serious injuries, even mortal.

130

fig. 15

A0F0078m

PASSENGER’S FRONTAIR BAG
It consists of an instant-inflating cushion contained into a special recess in thedashboard fig. 15, this cushion has avolume bigger than that of the driver.

WARNINGOn cars fitted with front passenger’s air bag deactivation(front air bag, knees air bag (for versions/markets,
where provided) and side on seat), these air bags shallbe deactivated when placing the child’s seat on the front
passenger’s seat. Moreover, the front passenger’s seatshall be adjusted in the most backward position to prevent any
contact between the child’s seat and the dashboard. Even if notcompulsory by law, you are recommended to reactivate the air
bag immediately as soon as the child transport is no longer necessary.

Alfawiki.nl

Should it be absolutely necessary to carry a child on the front seat, the passenger’s front air bag, knees air bag (forversions/markets, where provided) andthe side bag can be deactivated. Deactivation/activation shall be performed(with key removed from ignition device)using the key switch set on the right sideof dashboard fig. 18. You can reachthe switch only if the door is opened.
When the door is open, the metal insert
of the key can be inserted and removed
in both positions.

IMPORTANT Operate the switch only when the engine is not running andthe ignition key is removed.
The key-operated switch has two positions:❒ passenger’s front air bag, knees air
bag (for versions/markets, where
provided) and side bag activated(position ON P): warning light F
on front ceiling light panel off; it isabsolutely prohibited to carry a childon the front seat;

SAFETYDEVICESDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSMANUAL DEACTIVATION (for versions/markets, where provided)
OF PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAG , KNEES AIR BAG(for versions/markets, where provided)
AND PASSENGER’S FRONT SIDE BAG

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

A0F0062m

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

ÙKnees air bag consists of an instant-inflating cushion housed into a special
compartment provided for the purpose
under the steering wheel for the driver
fig. 16 and into the lower part of thedashboard for the passenger fig. 17,
to give further protection in the event offrontal crash.

fig. 18IN AN
EMERGENCY

DRIVER’S AND
PASSENGER’S KNEES AIRBAG (for versions/markets,
where provided)

A0F0092m

fig. 17TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

A0F0079m

INDEX

fig. 16

Alfawiki.nl
131

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

The warning light F on front ceilinglight panel stays on permanently until
the passenger’s air bags are reactivated.
Passenger’s air bags deactivation will
not inhibit the operation of the Window
Bag.

SIDE AIR BAGS(Side bag Window bag)
The car is fitted with front side bags fordriver and passenger for protecting thechest and window bags for protecting front
and rear occupant’s head.
Side bags protect car occupants fromside crashes of medium-high severity, byplacing the cushion between the occupant and the internal parts of the sidestructure of the car.
Non-activation of side bags in othertypes of collisions (front collisions, rearshunts, roll-overs, etc...) is not a system
malfunction.

INDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY❒ passenger’s front air bag, knees air
bag (for versions/markets, where
provided) and side bag deactivated(position OFF F): warning light
F on front ceiling light panel on;
it is possible to carry a child protectedby special restraint systems on thefront seat.

132

Alfawiki.nl

In case of side crash, an electronic control unit, when required triggers the inflation of the cushion. The cushion immediately inflates, placing itself as a protection, between the occupant’s bodyand the structure that could cause injuries. Immediately after, the cushion deflates.
Side air bags are not a replacement of
but complementary to the belts, which
you are recommended to always wear,
as specified by law in Europe and most
non-European countries.

A0F0093m

FRONT SIDE BAGS – CHEST
AND PELVIS ZONEPROTECTION
They are composed by two types of instant inflation cushions and are housedin the back rest of the front seats fig.
19 . The task of the side air bags is toincrease protection of the occupants’chest and pelvis zone in the event of aside crash of medium-high severity.

In minor side crashes (for which the restraining action of the seat belts is sufficient), the air bags are not deployed.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSÙSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
INDEX

fig. 19

It is formed by two "curtain" windowbags are located behind the side roof upholstery and are covered by special trimming. They were designed to protect thehead of front and rear passengers incase of side collisions, thanks to thewide cushion inflation surface.

IMPORTANT The front air bags
and/or side bags may be deployed if
the car is subject to heavy knocks or
accidents involving the underbody area,such as for example violent shocks,
against steps, kerbs or low obstacles,
falling of the car in big holes or sags in
the road.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESSIDE WINDOW BAGS HEAD PROTECTION
fig. 20IN AN
EMERGENCY

A0F0185m

fig. 20

IMPOTANT In the event of side crash,
you can obtain the best protection by
the system keeping a correct position on
the seat, allowing thus a correct window
bag unfolding.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Also in this case it is of vital importanceto wear the seat belts since in case ofside crash they guarantee proper positioning of the occupant and prevent theoccupants to be pitched out of the car incase of violent crashes.

Alfawiki.nl
133

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

134

IMPORTANT When the airbag inflates it emits a small amount of dusts.
These dusts are harmless and is not the
beginning of a fire; then the unfold cushion surface and the car interiors can becovered by a dusty remains: this dust
can irritate skin and eyes. In case of contact, wash yourself using neutral soap
and water.
Expiration dates of pyrotechnic charge
and coil contact are indicated on the label located on the door. As this date approaches, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to have the devices replaced.
IMPORTANT Should an accident occur in which any of the safety devices is
activated, take the car to Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services to have the devices
activated replaced and to have the system checked.

All control, repair and replacement operations concerning the air bags must
only be carried out c/o Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services.
If you are having the car scrapped, havethe air bag system deactivated at Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services first. If the
car changes ownership, the new owner must be informed of the method ofuse of air bags and the above warnings
and also be given this “Owner Handbook”.
IMPORTANT The triggering of pretensioners, front air bags and side bags
is decided in a differentiated manner according to the type of impact. The failure to deploy one or more of them does
not mean that the system is not working properly.

Alfawiki.nl

WARNING

Never rest head, arms
and elbows on thedoor, on the windows and in
the window bag unfolding
area to prevent possible injuries during the inflation
phase.

WARNING

Never lean head, arms
and elbows out of thewindow.

WARNING

Do not cover the backrest of front seats withtrims or covers that are notsuitable to be used with sidebags.

WARNING

If the car has beenstolen or an attempt tosteal it has been made, if it
has been subjected to vandals
or floods, have the air bag
system checked
by Alfa Romeo
Alfawiki.nl
Authorized Services.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSÙSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Always keep yourhands on the steering
wheel rim when driving, sothat if the air bag is triggered,it can inflate without meetingany obstacles which could
cause serious harm to you. Do
not drive with the body bent
forwards, keep the seat backrest in the erect position andlean your back well against it.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESWARNING

Remember that withthe key fitted into theignition device and engine off,
the air bags may be triggeredon a stationary car if it isbumped by another movingcar. Therefore, never seat children on the front seat evenwhen the car is stationary. On
the other hand remember that
if the key is not fitted into theignition device, no safety system (air bags or pretensioners) is triggered in the eventof an impact; in this case, failure to come into action cannot
be considered as a sign thatthe system is not working
properly.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

If when fitting the key
into the ignition device,
the warning light ¬ does notturn on or if it stays on whentravelling (on certain versions
together with the message on
the display) there could be a
failure in safety systems; inthis event air bags or pretensioners could not trigger incase of impact or, in a minor
number of cases, they could
trigger accidentally. Contact
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services immediately to have thesystem checked.

Never travel with objects on your lap, infront of your chest or with apipe, pencil, etc. between yourlips; injury may result in theevent of the air bag being triggered.

WARNINGTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCEWARNINGWARNINGINDEX

GENERAL WARNINGS

135

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES

When the key is fitted
into the ignition device,
the warning light F (with passenger’s front air bags deactivation switch at ON) turns onand flashes for few seconds toremind that passenger’s front
air bag, knees air bag and side
bag will be deployed in a crash,after which it should go off.

WARNING

The front air bag is triggeredforshocksgreater in magnitude than thepretensioners. For impacts between these two thresholds,
it is therefore normal that only the pretensioners are triggered.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING136

WARNING

Never wash seat backrests with pressurised
water or steam (by hand or at
automatic seat washing stations).

WARNING

Do not hook rigid objects to the coat hooks
and to the support handles.

Alfawiki.nl

WARNING

The air bag does notsubstitute the seatbelts, but only increases theireffectiveness. Moreover, since
the front air bags do not comeinto operation in the event offront impact at low speed, sidecollisions, bumps from behindor overturning, in these circumstances the occupants
would only be protected by
the seat belts which must
therefore always be fastened.

USING THE GEARBOX......................................... 144
CONTAINING RUNNING COSTS ............................ 145
TOWING TRAILERS............................................. 147
SNOW TYRES ................................................... 148
SNOW CHAINS ................................................. 149

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYCAR INACTIVITY ............................................... 150

SAFETYDEVICES

PARKING.......................................................... 143

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

ENGINE STARTING ............................................. 138

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE OF THE CAR

Alfawiki.nl
137

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

The car is fitted with an electronic engine
immobilising system. If the engine fails
to start, see paragraph “Alfa Romeo
CODE system” in section “Dashboard
and controls”.
IMPORTANT Tampering with the ignition device can cause unrequired steering lock.
IMPORTANT Always fit the electronic key completely into the ignition device
to the stop limit.

IMPORTANT Never take the electronic key out of the ignition device while
the car is moving unless you have to carry out an emergency removal (see paragraph “Removing the electronic key fromthe ignition device in an emergency”),
this ensures that the steering column lockis deactivated while the car is moving(e.g.: towing the car).

INDEX

138

When the engine isswitched off never leave
the electronic key into theignition device to prevent pointless current absorption fromdraining the batter.

WARNINGWe recommend thatduring the initial period
you do not drive to fullcar performance (e.g.: excessive
acceleration, long journeys at
top speed, sharp braking, etc.).

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

ENGINE STARTING

Alfawiki.nl

Running the engine inconfined areas is extremely dangerous. The engine
consumes oxygen and produces carbon monoxide which
is a highly toxic and lethal gas.

IMPORTANT It is possible to start theengine keeping pressed only the brake
pedal. In that case, automatic start is notenabled. Then press the START/STOP
button and release it as soon as the engine starts.

❒ Put the gear lever neutral;❒ Fully press the clutch pedal, withoutpressing the accelerator;❒ Put the gear lever neutral;❒ Fit the electronic key into the ignition
device to stop limit;❒ Briefly press the START/STOP button.

❒ Ensure that the handbrake is up;❒ Fully press the clutch pedal, withoutpressing the accelerator;❒ fit the electronic key down into theignition device until it stops. The instrument panel warning light mwill turn on;❒ Wait for the warning light m toturn off. The hotter the engine is, thequicker this will happen;❒ Briefly press the START/STOP button as soon as the warning light mturns on. Waiting for too long means
making spark plugs heating useless.

INDEX❒ Ensure that the handbrake is up;

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

Proceed as follows:

SAFETYDEVICESWith engine off and electronic key inserted in the ignition device, it is possible
to operate the automatic ignition briefly
pressing the START/STOP button andkeeping the clutch pedal pressed.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Proceed as follows:

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESSTARTING PROCEDURE FORDIESEL VERSIONSIN AN
EMERGENCY

The starter automatically operates until
the engine starts.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

STARTING PROCEDURE FORPETROL VERSIONS

Alfawiki.nl
139

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

With engine off and electronic key inserted in the ignition device, it is possible to operate the automatic ignition
briefly pressing the START/STOP button and keeping the clutch pedal
pressed.
In the event of cold weather, we recommend to wait for warning light mturn off before operating the starter.
IMPORTANT It is possible to start theengine keeping pressed only the brake
pedal. In that case, automatic start is notenabled. Then press the START/STOP
button and release it as soon as the engine starts.

WARNINGS
If at start-up the engine turns off, restart
it by pressing the clutch or brake pedal
and then press button START/STOP.
If after a few attempts the engine does
not start, do not insist but contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services.
With car started the electronic key islocked into the ignition device and it canbe removed only after switching the engine off. With car running and key locked
into the ignition device, forced key removal could damage the ignition device.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

The starter automatically operates until
the engine starts.

140

Alfawiki.nl

Start-up failures, if any, are indicated by
the turning on of the warning light Y on
the instrument panel (on certain versions
a dedicated message is displayed). In thiscase contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.
If the engine will not start after pressing
button START/STOP repeat the startup procedure by pressing the other pedal(clutch or brake).

❒ start the engine again by pressing theclutch/brake pedal and button
START/STOP.

❒ Do not drive at full performance forthe initial kilometres. Wait until thecoolant temperature gauge starts
moving.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSINDEXIMPORTANT With engine raced while
the car is running, due to safety reasons
it is not possible to remove the electronic
key from the ignition device. To removeit, press button START/STOP withbrake pedal (or clutch pedal) released andcar stopped.

WARNINGIn an emergency andalso for safety reasons, it is possible to kill theengine while the car is runningby pressing repeatedly (threetimes in 2 seconds) or keepingpressed the START/STOP button for a few seconds. In thiscase the power steering is nolonger available.

SAFETYDEVICES❒ Drive off slowly, letting the engine
turn at medium revs. Do not accelerate abruptly;

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR❒ turn the instrument panel off bypressing button START/STOP or
removing the electronic key from theignition device;

Proceed as follows:

With car stopped press button
START/STOP. When the engine is off
it will be possible to remove the electronic
key from the ignition device.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

In the event of failure, the electronic key
can be removed from the ignition device toenable the driver to carry out the following operations:

STOPPING THE ENGINEIN AN
EMERGENCY

The system can recognise start-up failures.

HOW TO WARM UP THE
ENGINE AFTER IT HAS JUSTSTARTED (petrol and diesel
engines)

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Start-up failures

Alfawiki.nl
141

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

142

IMPORTANT After a taxing drive, you
should allow the engine to “catch its
breath” before turning it off by letting it
idle to allow the temperature in the engine compartment to fall.

IMPORTANT Only fit the metal insert
B-fig.1 of the electronic key into slot A.
IMPORTANT If emergency removal
is carried out with the engine running,
the engine and the instrument panel will
be turned off and the steering lock will
not be engaged; always stop the car before emergency removal.

IMPORTANT Turning the car off willdeactivate the electronic safety systems
and turn off the external lights.
IMPORTANT Killing the engine while
the car is running, due to safety reasons,it will not be possible to take the electronic key out of the ignition device. To
remove it, turn the instrument panel on
and off by pressing button
START/STOP with brake pedal (orclutch pedal) released and car stopped.

A quick burst on the accelerator before turning
off the engine serves
absolutely no practical purpose,it wastes fuel and is damaging
especially to turbocharged engines.

A0F0043m

fig. 1REMOVING THE
ELECTRONIC KEY FROM THE
IGNITION DEVICE IN AN
EMERGENCY
In the event of a failure at engine switching off system or at electronic key unlocking system proceed as follows:❒ press the unlocking button to remove
the metal insert (see paragraph“Electronic key” in section “Dashboard and controls”);❒ fit the metal insert B-fig. 1 of theelectronic key into the slot A;❒ remove the electronic key from theignition device.

Alfawiki.nl

Block the wheels with a wedge or a stone
if the car is parked on a steep slope. Do
not leave the electronic key in the ignition switch to prevent draining the battery.
WARNING

Never leave children unattended in the car. Always remove the electronic key
when leaving the car and takeit out with you.

A0F0030m

fig. 2

HANDBRAKE
The handbrake lever A-fig. 2 is located between the two front seats. Pull thehandbrake lever A upwards, until the
car cannot be moved.
With electronic key fitted into the ignition device, the instrument panel warning light x will come on.
IMPORTANT The car shall stop aftera few clicks of the handbrake lever. If
this is not the case, contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services to have the handbrake adjusted.

Press the brake pedal when carrying out
this operation to prevent the car frommoving accidentally.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSINDEX❒ Engage a gear (on a slope, engage
first gear if the car is faced uphill orreverse if it is faced downhill) andleave the wheels steered.

❒ Keep button B pressed and lower
the lever. Warning light x on the
instrument panel will turn off.

SAFETYDEVICES❒ Stop the engine and engage thehandbrake;

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR❒ Slightly lift the handbrake A andpress release button B;

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Proceed as follows:

IN AN
EMERGENCY

To release the handbrake proceed as follows:

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

PARKING THE CAR

Alfawiki.nl
143

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES

Always press down the clutch pedal
when shifting gears. To engage the 6thgear, move the gearshift lever pressing
slightly rightwards to prevent engaging
the 4thgear accidentally.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

The car is fitted with 6-gear manual
gearbox. Gear positions are shown on
the gearshift lever knob.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

USINGTHE GEARBOX

144

To engage reverse R from neutral, raisering A-fig. 3 under the knob and at
the same time move the gearshift leverleftwards and then forward. After engaging reverse release the ring. To shift
from reverse to another gear it is notnecessary to raise the ring.

WARNING

A0F0151m

fig. 3

IMPORTANT The car can only be put
into reverse gear when it has stopped
moving completely. With the engine running, before engaging the reverse, wait
at least 3 seconds with the clutch pedal fully down to prevent damage andgrating of the gears.

Alfawiki.nl

To change gears properly you must push the
clutch pedal fully down. It istherefore essential that there
is nothing under the pedals:
make sure mats are lying flatand do not get in the way ofthe pedals.

Do not drive with yourhand resting on the gear
lever as the force exerted, even if slight, could leadto premature wear on the gearbox internal components overtime. The clutch pedal must be
used for gear shift only. Neverdrive with the foot resting,even if slightly, on the clutch
pedal. For versions/markets
where applicable the clutch pedal control electronics can intervene interpreting the wrong drive style as a fault.

Have checks and adjustments carried out
in accordance with the “Service schedule”.

Remove the roof rack or the ski rackfrom the roof as soon as they are nolonger used. These accessories lower air
penetration and adversely affect consumption levels. When needing to carry particularly voluminous objects, preferably use a trailer.

The use of aerodynamic optional extras
which are not certified for the specificuse on the vehicle, may reduce the aerodynamic penetration of the vehicle andincrease consumption.

Tyres

Electric devices

Check the pressure of the tyres routinely at an interval of no more than 4
weeks: if the pressure is too low, consumption levels increase as resistanceto rolling is higher.

Use electric devices only for the amountof time needed. Rear heated window,
additional headlights, windscreen wipers
and heater fan need a considerable
amount of energy therefore, increasing
the requirement of current increases fuel consumption (up to +25% in the urban cycle).

GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
Car maintenance

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

Spoilers

SAFETYDEVICESRoof rack/ski rack

Here are some suggestions which may
help you to keep the running costs ofyour car down and lower the amount of
toxic emissions released into the atmosphere.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

The air conditioner is an additional load
which greatly affects the engine leading
to higher consumption. When the temperature outside the car permits it, use
the air vents where possible.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Do not travel with too much luggage
stowed in the boot. The weight of thecar (especially when driving in town)
and its trim greatly affects consumption
and stability.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Climate control

INDEX

Unnecessary loads

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

CONTAININGRUNNING COSTS

Alfawiki.nl
145

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

146

DRIVING STYLE
Starting
Do not warm the engine with the car
at a standstill or at idle or high speed:
under these conditions the engine
warms up much more slowly, increasing
electrical consumption and emissions. It
is therefore advisable to move off immediately, slowly, avoiding high speeds.
This way the engine will warm faster.
Unnecessary actions
Avoid accelerating when waiting at traffic lights or before switching off the engine. This and also double declutchingis absolutely pointless on modern cars
and also increase consumption and pollution.

Gear selection

CONDITIONS OF USE

As soon as the conditions of the traffic
and road allow, use a higher gear. Using a low gear to obtain brilliant performance increases consumption. In thesame way improper use of a high gearincreases consumption, emissions an engine wear.

Cold starting

Top speed
Fuel consumption considerably increases with speed. Avoid superfluous braking and accelerating, which cost in termsof both fuel and emissions.
Acceleration
Accelerating violently increasing the revs
will greatly affect consumption and emissions: acceleration should be gradual andshould not exceed the maximum torque.

Short journeys and frequent cold starts
do not allow the engine to reach optimum operating temperature. This results
in a significant increase in consumption
levels (from +15 to +30% on the urban
cycle) and emission of harmful substances.
Traffic and road conditions
Rather high consumption levels are tied
to situations with heavy traffic, for example in queues with frequent use of
the lower gears or in cities with many
traffic lights. Also winding mountainroads and rough road surfaces adversely affect consumption.
Traffic hold-ups
During prolonged hold-ups (e.g.: levelcrossings) the engine should beswitched off.

Alfawiki.nl

Remember that when towing a trailer,
steep hills are harder to climb, the braking spaces increase and overtaking takes
longer depending on the overall weight.

Do not exceed the speed limits of thecountry you are driving in. In any casedo not exceed 100 km/h.

Under no circumstances
should the car brakesystem be altered to control
the trailer brake. The trailer
braking system must be fully
independent of the car hydraulic system.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNINGWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Install any specific and/or additional
rear-view mirrors as specified by law.

The ABS system withwhich the car may befitted does not control the
trailer braking system. Drive
with extreme care on slippery
roadbeds.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

For towing caravans or trailers the car
must be fitted with a certified tow hook
and an adequate electric system. Installation should be carried out by specialised personnel who release a special
document for circulation on the road.

The weight the trailer exerts on the car
tow hook reduces by the same amountthe actual car loading capacity. To makesure the maximum towable weight is
not exceeded (given in the log book)account should be taken of the fully
laden trailer, including accessories andpersonal belongings.

WARNINGTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IMPORTANT NOTESEngage a low gear when driving downhill, rather than constantly using thebrake.

INDEX

TOWING TRAILERS

Alfawiki.nl
147

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESUse snow tyres of the same size as thenormal tyres provided with the car.

For the type of tyre to be used, inflationpressures and the specifications of snow
tyres, follow the instructions given in paragraph “Wheels” in section “Technicalspecifications”.
The winter features of these tyres are reduced considerably when the tread
depth is below 4 mm. In this case, theyshould be replaced.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCEWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Alfa Romeo Authorized Services will beglad to provide advice concerning themost suitable type of tyre for the customer’s requirements.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SNOW TYRES

148

Due to the snow tyre features, undernormal conditions of use or on long motorway journeys, the performance of
these tyres is lower than that of normal
tyres. It is therefore necessary to limit
their use to the purposes for which they
are certified.
IMPORTANT When snow tyres areused with a max speed index below theone that can be reached by the car (increased by 5%), place a notice in thepassenger compartment, plainly in thedriver’s view which states the max permissible speed of the snow tyres (as per
EC Directive).
All four tyres should be the same (brandand track) to ensure greater safety
when driving and braking and better driveability.
Remember that it is inappropriate tochange the direction of rotation of tyres.

Alfawiki.nl

WARNING

The max speed forsnow tyres with “Q”
marking is 160 km/h; 190km/h for tyres with “T”
marking and 210 km/h fortyres with H marking. The
Road Traffic Code speed limits must however be always
strictly observed.

Use of snow chains may be compulsory also for cars with four-wheel drive.

On 3.2 JTS version
snow chains shall be fitted to FRONT wheels.

On tyres 225/50 R17”
only “spider” type
chains can be used.

Tyres 235/45 R18”
cannot be fitted withsnow chains due to interference with fender.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Use snow chains with reduced size: fortyres 215/55 R16” use snow chainswith reduced size with max protrusion
beyond the tyre profile of 12 mm.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Check the tension of the chains after the
first few metres have been driven.

Keep your speed downwhen snow chains are
fitted. Do not exceed
40 km/h. Avoid potholes, steps and pavements and avoid also to drive
for long distances on roads notcovered with snow to prevent
damaging the car and theroadbed.

Disengage the ASR system when snow chainsare fitted. Press button
ASR/VDC (see paragraph “ASR
system” in section “Dashboard
and controls”).

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Snow chains should only be applied tothe driving wheels (front wheels).

WARNINGTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Use of snow chains should be in compliance with local regulations.

IMPORTANT Snow chains cannot be
fitted to the space-saver spare wheel (forversions/markets, where provided). So,
if a front (drive) wheel is punctured andchains are needed, a rear wheel should
be fitted to the front of the car and thespare wheel should be fitted to the rear(adjust tyre pressure to the specified value as soon as possible). This way with
two normal drive wheels, snow chains canbe fitted to them to solve an emergency.

INDEX

SNOW CHAINS

Alfawiki.nl
149

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

150

CAR INACTIVITY❒ clean and protect the painted parts
using protective wax;

If the car is to be left inactive for longer
than a month, the following precautions
should be noted:❒ clean and protect the shiny metalparts using special compounds readily available;❒ park the car in covered, dry and if
possible well-ventilated premises;❒ sprinkle talcum powder on the rubber windscreen and rear window
wiper blades and lift them off theglass;❒ engage a gear;❒ check that the handbrake is not engaged;❒ disconnect battery negative terminaland check the battery charge. This
check is to be repeated every threemonths when the car is left inactive.
Recharge if the optical indicator(where provided) shows a darkcolour without the central green area(see paragraph “Battery” in section“Car maintenance”);❒ slightly open the windows;❒ cover the car with a cloth or perforated plastic sheet. Do not use sheetsof non-perforated plastic as they do
not allow moisture on the car bodyto evaporate;❒ inflate tyres to +0.5 bar above thenormal specified pressure and checkit at intervals;

Alfawiki.nl❒ if you don’t disconnect the battery
from the electric system, check its
charge every month and recharge it
if the optical indicator shows a darkcolour without the central green
area;❒ do not drain the engine cooling system.
IMPORTANT If the car is fitted withalarm system, switch off the alarm withthe remote control.

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESWARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE CARMESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

HILL HOLDER FAILURE ....................................... 163
LOW BRAKE FLUID/HANDBRAKE ON .................... 153
BRAKE PAD WEAR ............................................. 153
ASR SYSTEM (WHEEL ANTISKID SYSTEM) ............ 163
SEAT BELTS NOT FASTENED................................. 153
EXTERNAL LIGHTS FAILURE ................................. 164
AIR BAG FAILURE............................................... 154
BRAKE LIGHTS FAILURE ...................................... 164
PASSANGER’S FRONT AIR BAGS DEACTIVATED........ 155
REAR FOGLIGHTS .............................................. 164
ENGINE COOLANT HIGH TEMPERATURE ................. 155
FRONT FOG LIGHTS ........................................... 164
ENGINE OIL HIGH TEMPERATURE.......................... 156
SIDE/TAILLIGHTS/FOLLOW ME HOME.................. 164
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE/EXHAUST OIL ........... 156
DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS................................. 164
LOW BATTERY CHARGE....................................... 157
MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS ................................... 165
INCOMPLETE DOOR LOCKING .............................. 157
LEFT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR ........................ 165
BONNET OPEN.................................................. 157
RIGHT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR...................... 165
BOOT OPEN ..................................................... 157
LIGHT SENSOR FAILURE....................................... 165
INJECTION SYSTEM FAILURE/
RAIN SENSOR FAILURE ........................................ 165
EOBD SYSTEM FAILURE...................................... 158
PARKING SENSORS FAILURE................................ 165
CAR PROTECTION SYSTEM FAILURE/STEERING LOCK INHIBITION ................................ 159
FUEL RESERVE - LIMITED CRUISING RANGE............ 165
ALARM FAILURE/BREAK-IN ATTEMPT/CRUISE CONTROL ............................................. 166
ELECTRONIC KEY NOT RECOGNIZED...................... 159
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER CLOGGED .................. 166
POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE ON THE ROAD ........... 160
ANTIPINCH SYSTEM FAILURE............................... 167
PRE-HEATING GLOW PLUGS/WINDSCREEN WASHER FLUID LOW LEVEL ............. 167
PRE-HEATING GLOW PLUG FAILURE....................... 160
SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED...................................... 167
WATER IN DIESEL FUEL FILTER............................. 161
T.P.M.S. SYSTEM FAILURE................................... 167
INERTIAL FUEL CUT-OFF SWITCHED ON ................ 161
CHECK TYRE PRESSURE...................................... 167
ABS SYSTEM FAILURE........................................ 162
LOW INFLATION PRESSURE................................. 168
EBD SYSTEM FAILURE........................................ 162
Alfawiki.nl
VDC SYSTEM ................................................... 162
TYRE PRESSURE UNSUITABLE FOR SPEED ............ 168

INDEX

WA R N I N G L I G H T S A N D M E S S A G E S

151

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESWARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
OF THE CARMESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE152

WARNING LIGHTSAND MESSAGES
GENERAL WARNINGS
Failure indications shown on the display
are divided into two categories: very serious and less serious failures.
Every failure indication is accompaniedby the turning on of the relevant warning light (where provided) and by dedicated warning messages, if any.

Very serious failures

Serious failures

These failures are repeated on the display indefinitely and stop any previous
indication on the display. These failures
are repeated each time the key is fitted into the ignition device until thecause of malfunctioning is removed. To
stop this “cycle” press button MENU:
in this case the failure symbol stays on
the display at the bottom of the screen
until the cause of malfunctioning is removed.

These failures are repeated on the display for about 20 seconds and then they
go off. These failures are repeated eachtime the key is fitted into the ignition
device. At the end of the displaying cycle (approx. 20 seconds), or whenpressing button MENU, the failure symbol will stay on the display at the bottom of the screen until the cause of malfunctioning is removed.

In certain cases, failure indications canbe accompanied by the sound of abuzzer (adjustable).
These indications are concise and cautionary and are aimed to suggest the
prompt action the driver must adopt
when a car malfunctioning appears.
These indications, however, shall not be
considered as exhaustive and/or as analternative to the specifications contained in this “Owner’s Manual”, whichshall always be read through carefully
and thoroughly.
In case of failure indication always referto the specifications contained in thissection.

Alfawiki.nl

Low brake fluid level
The warning light turns on (with a dedicated message on the display) when
the level of the brake fluid in the reservoir falls below the minimum level, due
to possible leak in the circuit.
Handbrake on
The warning light turns on when thehandbrake is on.

d

BRAKE PAD WEAR
(amber)

The display will show message+ symbol when front brake pads areworn; in this case have them changed
as soon as possible.
IMPORTANT Since the car is fittedwith wear sensors for the front brakepads, when changing them, check also
the rear brake pads.

❒ driver’s seat belt not fastened;❒ passenger’s seat belt not fastened,heavy objects placed on the passenger’s seat;❒ when unfastening driver’s or passenger’s seat belt.
For the same reasons, with the car moving, the warning light will turn on flashing and the warning buzzer will sound fora while.
The warning light will then stay on glowing steadily.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESWith car stationary, the warning light turns on glowing steadily in thefollowing cases:

WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE CARMESSAGES

Fitting the key into the ignition device
the warning light turns on, but it should
go off after few seconds.

<

IN AN
EMERGENCY(red)

If the warning lightturns on when travelling, check that the handbrakeis not engaged. If the warning
light stays on with handbrakedisengaged, stop the car immediately and contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services.

SEAT BELTS NOTFASTENED (red)TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

x HANDBRAKE ON

WARNINGINDEX

LOW BRAKE FLUID(red)

Alfawiki.nl
153

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESWARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
OF THE CARMESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

154

The buzzer can be muted temporarily by
the following procedure:❒ fasten front seat belts;❒ fit the electronic key into the ignition
device;❒ wait for over 20 seconds but less than
1 minute, then unfasten one of thefront seat belts.
This procedure will be valid until turning
the engine off.
For permanent buzzer deactivation contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services. The“seat belt reminder” system can be reactivated only through the “Setup Menu”
of the display (see paragraph “Reconfigurable multifunction display“ in section“Dashboard and controls”).

¬

AIR BAG FAILURE(red)

Fitting the key into the ignition
device the warning light turns on, but
it should go off after few seconds.
The warning light stays on glowing
steadily with the message on the display to indicate a failure in the air bag
system.

WARNING

If the warning light¬ does not turn on
when fitting the key into theignition device, or if stays on
when travelling (together withthe message on the display),
this could indicate a failure insafety retaining system; under
this condition air bags or pretensioners could not trigger inthe event of collision or, in a
restricted number of cases,
they could trigger accidentally. Before restarting contact
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

Alfawiki.nl

WARNING

Warning light ¬ failure
is indicated by the flashing for more than the normal 4
seconds of the passenger's
front air bag deactivated warning light F. In addition, the air
bag system will deactivate automatically the passenger's
front air bag (front and side
where provided). In this event
warning light ¬ could not indicate failure in safety systems.
Before restarting contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services immediately to have the system
checked.

WARNING

Warning light Ffailure
is indicated by warning
light ¬. In addition, the air bag
system will deactivate automatically the passenger's front
air bag (front and side). Before
restarting contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services immediately to have the system
checked.

WARNING

With engine hot, do notremove the cap: risk ofburnt.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESWARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE CARMESSAGES– Normal driving conditions: stop
the car, switch off the engine and check
whether the water level in the reservoir
is not below the MIN mark. Otherwise
wait for few seconds to allow engine
cooling, then open slowly and carefully
the cap, top up coolant and check
whether its level is falling between MIN
and MAX marks in the reservoir. Checkvisually any leak. If when restarting thewarning light comes on again, contact
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

IMPORTANT Under severe use of thecar, keep the engine on and slightly accelerated for few minutes before switching it off.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Fitting the key into the ignition device, thewarning light (set on engine coolant
gauge) turns on but it shall go off after a
few seconds. The warning light turns on(with a dedicated message on the display)
to indicate engine overheating. If the warning light comes on, proceed as follows:– Car heavy duty (e.g.: towing trailer uphill or fully laden car): decrease
speed, if the warning light stays on, stop
the car. Wait for 2 or 3 minutes leaving
the engine on and slightly accelerated tofurther activate the circulation of thecoolant fluid, then switch the engine off.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

The warning light (set on the front ceiling light panel) turns on when passenger’s front air bags, passenger’s knees
air bag (for versions/markets, where
provided) and passenger’s front side bag
are deactivated through the relevant key
switch (for versions/markets, where
provided). With passenger’s front air
bags on, fitting the key into the ignition
device the warning light shall turn on
glowing steadily for about 4 seconds,
shall flash for other 4 seconds and thenit shall turn off.

u

ENGINE COOLANT
HIGH TEMPERATURE
(red)

INDEX

F

PASSENGER’SFRONT AIR BAGS
DEACTIVATED(amber)Alfawiki.nl
155

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESWARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
OF THE CARMESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

156`

ENGINE OIL
HIGH TEMPERATURE

Fitting the key into the ignition
device, the warning light (set on engine
oil temperature gauge) turns on but itshould go off a few seconds later.
Warning light turning on when travelling(together with the message on the display) indicates that engine oil is too hot;switch the engine off and contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services.

LIGHT STAYS ON:
v LOW ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE (red)FLASHING LIGHT:
EXHAUSTED ENGINEOIL (only Diesel
versions with DPF –red)
Fitting the key into the ignition device,
the warning light switches on and should
go out as soon as the engine is started.
1. Low engine oil pressure

If warning light ` starts
flashing when travelling,
contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services.

The warning light turns on and stays on
constantly (for versions/markets, where
provided) along with the message on
the display when the system detectsthat engine oil pressure is low.
WARNING

If the warning lightv turns on whenthe vehicle is travelling (oncertain versions together withthe message on the display)stop the engine immediately
and contacta Alfa Romeo
Alfawiki.nl
Authorized Services.

2. Exhausted engine oil(only Diesel versions with DPF)
The warning light will flash and a specificmessage will appear on the display (forversions/markets, where provided). The
warning light may flash in the following ways, depending on the version:– for 1 minute every two hours;– for 3 minute cycles with the warning
light off for intervals of 5 seconds until
oil is changed.
After the initial warning, each time theengine is started up, the warning lightwill continue to flash in the above mentioned modes, until the oil is changed.
A specific message will appear on the display (for versions/markets, where provided) in addition to the warning light.
If the warning light flashes, this does notmean that the car is defective but simply informs the driver that it is now necessary to change the oil as a result of
regular vehicle use.

Symbol S (red) + message on thedisplay indicate that the bonnet is open.

– use of the vehicle for short drives, inwhich the engine does not have time toreach its regular operating temperature
Symbol R (red) + mes´ Symbol + message on the R sage
on the display indicate´

display indicate that one of the doors
is not closed.

that the boot is open.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Exhausted engine oilshould be replaced assoon as possible after thewarning light comes on, nevermore than 500 km after thewarning light first comes on.
Failure to change the oil within the first 500 km may result
in severe damage to the engine and will result in forfeiture of the warranty.Remember that when the warning
light flashes, it does not meanthat the level of engine oil islow, so if the light flashes you
must not top up.

BOOT OPENTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCEWARNING

INCOMPLETE DOORLOCKING (red)INDEX– repeated interruption of the regeneration process, signalled by the DPF warning light coming on.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

If symbol w + message aredisplayed, contact immediately
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

S

BONNET OPEN
(for versions/markets,
where provided)

SAFETYDEVICES– use of the vehicle prevalently for citydriving, requiring more frequent regeneration of DPF

w

LOW BATTERYCHARGE (red)WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE CARMESSAGES

Note that engine oil is exhausted faster
under the following circumstances:

Alfawiki.nl
157

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESWARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
OF THE CARMESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

158

U

INJECTION SYSTEMFAILURE (diesel
versions - amber)
EOBD SYSTEMFAILURE(petrol versions amber)(for versions/markets,
where provided)

Injection system failure
Fitting the key into the ignition device
the warning light turns on, but it should
go off when the engine has started.
The warning light stays on or it turns onwhen travelling to indicate a malfunction in the injection/exhaust systemwith possible lack of performance, poor
driveability and high consumption.
In these conditions it is possible to continue driving without however requiring
heavy effort or high speed from the engine. In any case, contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services as soon as possible.

EOBD system failure(for versions/markets,
where provided)
Under normal conditions, fitting the electronic key into the ignition device, thewarning light turns on, but it should go
off when the engine has started. This indicates proper operation of the warning light.
If the warning light stays on or turns onwhen travelling:– glowing steadily (together withthe message on the display): means afault in the supply/ignition system
which could cause high emissions at theexhaust, possible lack of performance,
poor handling and high consumption levels. In these conditions it is possible tocontinue driving without however requiring heavy effort or high speed fromthe engine. Prolonged use of the carwith the warning light on may cause
damages. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services as soon as possible.
The warning light goes off if the fault
disappears, but it is however stored by
the system.

Alfawiki.nl– flashing: indicates the possibility ofdamage to the catalyst (see “EOBD system” in section “Dashboard and controls”). If the light flashes, it is necessary to release the accelerator pedal tolower the speed of the engine until thewarning light stops flashing; continue
the journey at moderate speed, trying
to avoid driving conditions that may
cause further flashing and contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services as soon as
possible.

If when fitting the key into the ignition device, thewarning light U does
not turn on or if turns on with
fixed light or flashing when the
car is travelling, contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services assoon as possible. Warning light
U operation can by checked bytraffic agents by proper equipment therefore, comply withlaws and regulations in force inthe country where you are driving.

Steering lock inhibition
The display will show a dedicated message when the engine is killed by removing the electronic key from the ignition device while the car is moving.

ELECTRONIC KEYNOT RECOGNIZED(amber)Alarm failure
The message + symbol on the display
indicate a failure in the alarm system.
Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
as soon as possible.
Break-in attempt
The message + symbol on the display
indicate an attempt of break-in. Contact
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services as soon
as possible.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESWARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE CARMESSAGES

The message on the display indicates
car protection system failure: in thisevent contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services as soon as possible.

The message + symbol on the display indicate that the electronic key being used
for start-up is not enabled.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Car protection system failure

BREAK-IN ATTEMPT(amber)Electronic key not recognized

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCESTEERING LOCKINHIBITION (amber)Y

ALARM FAILURE(amber)(for versions/markets,
where provided)

INDEX

>

CAR PROTECTIONSYSTEM FAILURE(amber)Alfawiki.nl
159

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLS

On certain versions, once the above
warning indication cycle is over or whenpressing briefly the button MENU:– symbol √ stays displayed at the bottom right of the screen (until outside
temperature is lower than or equal to
6°C).

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCEWARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
OF THE CARMESSAGES

When the outside temperature reaches
or falls below 3°C, the display will show
a warning message and symbol √ towarn the driver of the possible presenceof ice on the road.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SAFETYDEVICESPOSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE
ON THE ROAD

160

This cycle is performed only once when
the outside temperature read is lower
than or equal to 3°C and it can be repeated only when outside temperature
exceeds 6 °C and then falls down to
3 °C or below.
IMPORTANT In the event of outside
temperature sensor failure, the display
will show dashes instead of the value.

m

PRE-HEATING GLOWPLUGS (diesel
versions - amber)
PRE-HEATING GLOWPLUGS FAILURE(diesel versions amber)Pre-heating glow plugs
Fitting the key into the ignition device
the warning light turns on and it will turnoff when glow plugs reach the preset
temperature. Start the engine immediately after warning light switching off.

– the displayed message goes off andpreviously active screen is displayed
again;– temperature indication stops flashing;

IMPORTANT With mild or hot ambient temperature, warning light stays on
for very short time.

Alfawiki.nl

The presence of water inthe fuel circuit may
cause serious damage tothe entire injection system andcause irregular engine operation. If the warning light c on
the dial turns on (on certain versions together with the message on the display) contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
as soon as possible to have thesystem relieved. If the above
indications come on immediately after refuelling, water has
probably been poured into thetank: turn the engine off immediately and contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Alfawiki.nl
Services.

WARNINGIf, after a crash, you
smell fuel or see leaks
from the fuel system, do notreset the switch to avoid firerisk.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESThe intervention of the inertial fuel cutoff switch is indicated by a message +symbol on the display.

WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE CARMESSAGES

The warning light turns on glowing
steadily (together with the message on
the display), when travelling to indicatethat there is water in the diesel fuel filter.

s

IN AN
EMERGENCYc

INERTIAL
FUEL CUT-OFF
SWITCHED ON

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

The warning light (on certain versions
together with the message on the display) will flash to indicate a failure in the
pre-heating glow plugs system. Contact
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services as soon
as possible to have the failure eliminated.

WATER IN DIESEL
FUEL FILTER(diesel versions amber)

INDEX

Pre-heating glow plugs failure

161

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESWARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
OF THE CARMESSAGES

Fitting the key into the ignition
device the warning light turns on, but
it should go off after few seconds.
The warning light turns on (with a dedicated message on the display) when
the system is inefficient. In this case thebraking system keeps its effectivenessunchanged, but without the potential offered by the ABS system. Drive carefully and contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services as soon as possible.

x

EBD SYSTEMFAILURE (red)(amber)

INDEX

162

á

VDC SYSTEM(amber)(for versions/markets,
where provided)

With the engine running the> turningon at the same time Fitting the key into the ignition deviceof warning lights > and x(together with the message on the display) indicates that the EBD system isinefficient; in this case heavy braking
may cause the rear wheels to lock before time, with the possibility of skidding.

the warning light turns on, but it should
go off after few seconds.

Drive with the utmost care to the nearest Alfa Romeo Authorized Service tohave the system checked.

VDC deactivation

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY>

ABS SYSTEMFAILURE (amber)

The warning light flashes when the VDC
cuts in, to alert the driver that the system is adapting to the road surface grip
conditions.

When the VDC is deactivated manually(pressing the ASR/VDC button for 2 seconds) (see paragraph “VDC system” insection “Dashboard and controls”) the
display will show the dedicated message.
VDC system failure
In the event of a failure the VDC system
is deactivated automatically and warning light á turns on glowing steadily(together with a message on the display). In this case contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services as soon as possible.

Alfawiki.nl

When the ASR is deactivated manually(pressing the ASR/VDC button) (seeparagraph “ASR system” in section“Dashboard and controls”) the led on
the ASR/VDC button will turn on andthe display will show symbol V.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESWARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE CARMESSAGESASR deactivation

In the event of a failure the ASR system
is deactivated automatically and the display will show symbol V. In this casecontact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
as soon as possible.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Fitting the key into the ignition device
the warning light turns on, but it should
go off after few seconds. The warning
light flashes when the system cuts in, toalert the driver that the system is adapting to the road surface grip conditions.

ASR system failure

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

In the event of a failure to the Hill Holder system, the display will show a message + symbol. In this case contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

á

ASR SYSTEM(WHEEL ANTISKIDSYSTEM)(amber)INDEX*HILL HOLDERFAILURE(amber)Alfawiki.nl
163

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESWARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
OF THE CARMESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

164

EXTERNAL LIGHTSFAILURE (amber)

BRAKE LIGHTSFAILURE(amber)W The display will show message

T+ symbol when one of the following
lights is failing:

The display will show message + symbol when a failure at brake lights (stop)is detected.

– sidelights– direction indicators– rear fog guards– number plate lights.
The failure referring to these lights could
be: one or more blown bulbs, a blown
protection fuse or an electric connection
cut-off.

The failure could be due to: blown bulb,
blown protection fuse or electric connection cut-off.

3

SIDE/TAILLIGHTS(green)FOLLOW ME HOME
(green)Sidelights
The warning light turns on whenside/taillights are turned on.
Follow me home

4

REAR FOG LIGHTS(amber)

The warning light turns onwhen the rear fog lights are turned on.

5

FRONT FOG LIGHTS(green)

The warning light turns onwhen the front fog lights are turned on.

Alfawiki.nl

The warning light comes on (together withthe message on the display) when the
Follow me home device is activated (seeparagraph “Follow me home” in section“Dashboard and controls”).

2

DIPPED BEAMHEADLIGHTS(green)

The warning light turns on when thedipped beams are turned on.

The warning light turns on when the direction indicator stalk is moved downwards or, together with the right indicator, when the hazard light button ispressed.

E

RAIN SENSOR
FAILURE(amber)(for versions/markets,
where provided)u

The display will show message + symbol to indicate a failure at the rain sensor.

RIGHT-HAND
DIRECTION
INDICATOR (green)K

FUEL RESERVE –LIMITED CRUISING
RANGE (amber)

The warning light on the fuel level gauge
turns on when about 10 litres fuel areleft in the tank. When the cruising range
is less than 50 km (o 31 mi), the display will show a warning message .

If warning light K starts
flashing when travelling, contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services.

INDEX

The warning light turns on when the direction indicator stalk is moved upwards
or, together with the left indicator, when
the hazard light button is pressed.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

The display will show message + symbol to indicate a failure at parking sensors.

SAFETYDEVICESThe display will show message + symbol to indicate a failure at the light sensor.

t

WARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE CARMESSAGESR

LEFT-HAND
DIRECTION
INDICATOR(green)1

PARKING SENSOR
FAILURE(amber)(for versions/markets,
where provided)

IN AN
EMERGENCY

The warning light turns onwhen the main beams are turned on.

LIGHT SENSOR
FAILURE(amber)(for versions/markets,
where provided)

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

1

MAIN BEAMHEADLIGHTS (blue)

Alfawiki.nl
165

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESWARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
OF THE CARMESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

166

ÜCRUISE CONTROL(green)(for versions/markets,
where provided)

The warning light turns on (together
with the message on the display) whenturning the knurled ring of the Cruise
Control to Ü
CLEANING DPF
h (PARTICULATEFILTER) IN
PROGRESS(only Diesel versions
with DPF - amber)
Fitting the key into the ignition device
the warning light switches on but it mustswitch off after a few seconds. The
warning light comes on constantly to notify the driver that the DPF system needs
to eliminate captured pollutants (particulate) by the regeneration process.
The warning light does not come on during every DPF regeneration, but only
when driving conditions require notification of the driver. To switch the warning light off, the car must stay in motion
until regeneration has been completed.

The process normally takes about 15
minutes. The optimum conditions to end
the process are achieved by keeping the
car in motion up to 60 km/h with anengine speed higher than 2,000 rpm.
This light coming on is not a car defectand therefore the car does not need to
go to the workshop. A specific message
will appear on the display when thewarning light comes on (for versions/markets, where provided).

Alfawiki.nl

WARNING

Always drive at a
speed appropriate to
the traffic conditions, theweather and speed limits. The
engine may be turned off
while the DPF light is on; however, repeated interruption of
the regeneration process may
result in premature exhaustionof engine oil. For this reason itis always advisable to wait
for the light to go off before
turning off the engine, following the instructions appearing
above. It is not advisable tocomplete DPF regeneration
with the vehicle stationary.

)

WINDSCREENWASHER FLUID
LOW LEVEL(amber)

The display will show message + symbol when the windscreen washer fluid
level falls down the preset min. level.

nT.P.M.S. SYSTEMFAILURE(for versions/markets,
where provided)

On certain versions the display will show
a warning message + symbol (amber)when a failure is detected in the T.P.M.S.
system (Tyre Pressure Monitoring System). Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services as soon as possible.
Should one or more wheels without sensor be fitted, the display will show awarning message until initial conditions
are restored. Alfawiki.nl

On certain versions the display will show
a warning message + symbol (amber)to indicate the flat tyre.
Should two or more tyre be flat, the display will show the indications corresponding to each tyre in sequence.
Restore proper inflation pressure values
as soon as possible (see paragraph“Cold inflation pressures” in section“Technical Specifications”).

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESnWARNING CORRECT USE
LIGHTS AND OF THE CARMESSAGES

The display will show the dedicated message + symbol (red) and thebuzzer will sound when the car exceeds
the speed limit set through the “Setup
Menu” (e.g.: 120 km/h) (see paragraph “Reconfigurable Multifunction Display” in section “Dashboard and controls”).

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Before contacting Alfa Romeo Authorized Services perform window initialization procedure (see section “Power
Windows” in chapter “Dashboard andcontrols”). If the issue persists, refer to
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

X

CHECK TYRE
PRESSURE(for versions/markets,
where provided)

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

The display will show message+ symbol when failure is detected in the
antipinch system.

SPEED LIMITEXCEEDED

INDEX

5ANTIPINCH SYSTEMFAILURE (amber)

167

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESWARNING
LIGHTS AND CORRECT USE
OF THE CARMESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

168n

LOW TYRE
PRESSURE(for versions/markets,
where provided)

On certain versions the display will show
a warning message + symbol (red) (andbuzzer will sound) when the pressure of
one or more tyres falls below the preset
threshold. In this way the T.P.M.S. system warns the driver that tyre/s is/are
dangerously flat; possible puncture.
IMPORTANT Stop immediately with
one or more tyres flat, avoid braking
sharply and abrupt turns. Replace immediately the punctured tyre with thespace-saver spare wheel (for versions/markets, where provided) or repair the puncture tyre using the proper kit(see paragraph “If a tyre is punctured”
in section “In an emergency”) and thencontact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
as soon as possible.

n

TYRE PRESSURE
UNSUITABLEFOR SPEED(for versions/markets,
where provided)

Should it be required to journey at a
speed higher than 160 km/h, inflate
tyres at full load pressures (see paragraph“Cold inflation pressures” in section "Technical Specifications").
On certain versions, if the T.P.M.S. system detects that the pressure of one ormore tyres is unsuitable for the current
speed the display will show a message +symbol (amber) that will stay on until the
car speed slow downs below the preset
threshold.

Alfawiki.nl

IMPORTANT In this case slow down
immediately since tyre overheating could
impair tyre performance and life beyond
repair, and even make the tyre to blowout.
IMPORTANT Should you have to journey anyway a speed higher than 160
km/h, stop the car when the display
shows the warning symbol to inflate tyres
to the proper pressure values (see paragraph "Cold inflation pressures" in section"Technical Specifications ").

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLS

In an emergency we recommend that you call the freephone number found in the Warranty Booklet.
You can also consult www.alfaromeo.com to findyour nearest Alfa Romeo Authorised Services.

SAFETYDEVICESIN AN EMERGENCY

WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULB ................... 182
IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT ...................... 185
IF AN INTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT ...................... 191
IF A FUSE BLOWS ............................................. 194
IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT...................................... 204
JACKING THE CAR.............................................. 205

INDEX

TOWING THE CAR ............................................. 206

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESQUICK TYRE REPAIR KIT FIX&GO automatic ........... 176

TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

IF A TYRE IS PUNCTURED ................................... 171

CORRECT USE
OF THE CARJUMP STARTING ............................................... 170

Alfawiki.nl
169

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESJUMP STARTING

Under no circumstances
should a battery charger
be used to start the engine: it could damage the electronic systems and in particular
the ignition and injection control
units.

If the battery is flat, it is possible to start
the engine using an auxiliary battery
with the same capacity or a little higher than the flat one.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR❒ With a second lead, connect the negative terminal (–) of the auxiliary
battery and to an earthing point E
on the engine of the car to be started;INDEX

TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY❒ Connect positive terminals (+ near
the terminal) of the two batteries
with a jump lead;

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Proceed as follows fig. 1:

170❒ Start the engine;❒ When the engine has been started,
remove the leads reversing the order
above.

A0F0201m

fig. 1

If after a few attempts the engine does
not start, do not insist but contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Service.
IMPORTANT Do not directly connect
the negative terminals of the two batteries: sparks could ignite the flammable gas from the battery. If the other battery is fitted in another car, prevent accidental contacts between the metalparts of the two cars.

Alfawiki.nl

WARNING

Do not carry out thisprocedure if you lackexperience; if it is not done
correctly it can cause very intense electrical discharges. In
addition, the fluid contained in
the battery is poisonous andcorrosive. Avoid contact withskin and eyes. You are also advised not to put naked flamesor lighted cigarettes near thebattery and not to cause
sparks.

Remember that thebrake booster and thepower steering system are notoperating until the engine isstarted, a greater effort will
therefore be required to press
the brake pedal or turn thesteering wheel.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

As an alternative to the “Kit Fix & Go
automatic”, the car can be provided (upon request) with space-saver spare
wheel: wheel changing and correct useof the jack call for some precautions aslisted below.

Alert other drivers thatthe car is stationary incompliance with local regulations: hazard warning lights,
warning triangle etc. Any passengers on board should leave
the car, especially if it is heavily laden. Passengers should
stay away from oncoming
traffic while the wheel is being changed on. If the wheel isbeing changed on a steep orbadly surfaced road, place thewedges or other suitable material under the wheel to stop
the car. Never start the engine
when the car is jacked up. If
you were towing a trailer, uncouple the trailer before jacking the car.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESWARNING

The car is equipped with the “Quick tyrerepair kit Fix&Go automatic“. Operations required to change a wheel are described in the following section.

WARNINGTECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

Never bump start the engine (by pushing, towing, or coasting downhill) as this
could cause fuel to flow into the catalytic
exhaust system and damage it beyond
repair.

IF A TYRE
IS PUNCTUREDINDEXBUMP STARTING

Alfawiki.nl
171

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESINDEXTECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY172

WARNING

The space-saver spare
wheel (for versions/markets, where provided) is
specific to your car; do not use
it on other models, or use thespare wheel of other models
on your car. The space-saver
spare wheel shall only be usedin an emergency. It shall only
be used for the distance necessary to reach a service point
and the car speed shall not exceed 80 Km/h. The spare
wheel has a sticker that summarises the main cautions foruse and limitations. The sticker should never be removed or
covered!

WARNING

When driving with aspace-saver
sparewheel fitted, the driving performance of the car changes.
Avoid accelerating or braking
sharply, abrupt turns or fast
cornerings. The life of thespare wheel is approx. 3000
Km, after this distance itshould be replaced with another of the same type. Never attempt to fit a conventional tyre on a rim designed
for use as a space-saver spare
wheel. Have the punctured
wheel repaired and refitted assoon as possible. Two or more
space-saver spare wheels
should never be used together. Do not grease the threadsof bolts before installing them:
they might slip out.

Alfawiki.nl

WARNING

The jack shall only be
used for changing
wheels on the car with which
it is provided or on cars of thesame model. It must not be used
for other purposes such as for
instance raising cars of othermodels. In no case should it beused for repairs under the car.
Incorrect positioning of the jackmay cause the jacked car to fall.
Do not use the jack for higher
capacities than stated on its label. Snow chains cannot be fitted to the space-saver spare
wheel. So, if a front (drive)
wheel is punctured and chainsare needed, a rear wheel should
be fitted to the front of the car
and the spare wheel should be
fitted to the rear. This way with
two normal drive wheels, snow
chains can be fitted to them tosolve an emergency.

SAFETY
DEVICESfig. 3

A0F0007m

fig. 4

A0F0134m

To change a wheel proceed as follows:❒ the jack weight is 1.76 kg;❒ the jack requires no adjustment;❒ the jack cannot be repaired. If it
breaks it must be replaced with a
new jack;❒ no tool other than its cranking device may be fitted on the jack.

❒ Turn the engine off, pull up the handbrake and engage first gear or reverse;❒ Using handle A-fig. 2, lift the stiffcover B;WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES❒ remove the box as shown in fig. 3;❒ for versions fitted with “quick tyrerepair kit Fix&Go” take the tool container fig. 4 out of the boot;

INDEX

Please note:❒ Stop the car in a position that is notdangerous for oncoming traffic
where you can change the wheelsafely. The ground should be flat andadequately firm;

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

A0F0132m

fig. 2TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

Never tamper with the
inflation valve. Neverplace tools between the rim
and tyre. Check and restore, if
required, the pressure of tyres
and spare wheel to the values
given in section “Technical
Specifications”.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSWARNING

Alfawiki.nl
173

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESINDEXTECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

174

fig. 5

A0F0019m

A0F0206m

fig. 5afig. 6

A0F0195m❒ for versions fitted with space-saver
spare wheel, loosen fastener Afig. 5, take the tool container B,
and bring it near the wheel to bechanged, then take out the spacesaver spare wheel;❒ Loosen the bolts of the wheel to be
replaced by about one turn with thewrench provided A-fig. 5a; shakethe car to facilitate rim removal fromthe wheel hub;
❒ Operate the device F-fig. 6 to extend the jack until the top of the jackG fits correctly into catch H;❒ The jack shall be fitted as shown infig. 6;

A0F0208m

fig. 6❒ Warn anybody nearby that the car isabout to be lifted. They must stayclear and not touch the car until it
is back on the ground;❒ Fit the handle L-fig. 7 to operate
the jack and lift the car until thewheel to be changed is several centimetres off the ground;

Alfawiki.nl❒ Loosen the fastening bolts and thenremove the wheel;❒ Make sure the contact surfaces between space-saver spare wheel andhub are clean so that the fastening
bolts will not come loose;DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESfig. 10

A0F0211m

REFITTING A NORMALWHEEL❒ loosen pin A-fig. 10 and tighten
the last fastening bolt;❒ Using the wrench provided, fullytighten the five fastening bolts;

Following the procedure described previously, raise the car and remove thespare wheel.

❒ Lower the car and remove the jack;Proceed as follows:❒ Use the wrench provided to fasten
the bolts completely in a criss-crossfashion according to the sequence
shown in fig. 9.

❒ tighten pin A-fig. 10 in one of theholes of the wheel hub fastening
bolts;❒ lower the car and remove the jack,then, using the wrench provided tighten the bolts according to the sequence previously shown for the
space-saver spare wheel fig. 9.

INDEX❒ insert the wheel on the pin and, using the wrench provided, tighten thefour bolts available;

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR❒ fit the space-saver spare wheel making one of the holes A-fig. 8 coincide with the relevant pin B;

A0F0210m

fig. 9WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

A0F0209m

TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

fig. 8Alfawiki.nl
175

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESQUICK TYRE REPAIRKIT FIX&GO
automatic
The car is provided with the quick tyrerepair kit “FIX&GO automatic”, insteadof the traditional tool kit and space-saver
spare wheel.
The kit fig. 11 is placed in the boot. In
the kit container you will also find thescrewdriver and the tow hitch.

INDEX

TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

When you have finished:❒ Stow the spare wheel in the spaceprovided in the boot;❒ Fit the jack partially open in its container forcing it lightly to prevent itfrom vibrating when travelling;❒ Put the tools back into their placesin the container;❒ Arrange the container complete withtools on the space-saver spare
wheel;❒ Reposition properly the boot stiff covering.

176

Alfawiki.nl

fig. 11

A0F0114m

The quick tyre repair kit includes:❒ a bottle A-fig. 11 containing thesealer, fitted with:- filling pipe B- sticker C bearing the notice “max.
80 km/h”, to be placed in a position visible to the driver (on the
instrument panel) after fixing thetyre;❒ compressor D with pressure gauge
and fittings;

❒ instruction brochure fig. 12, used
for prompt and proper use of thequick repair kit and to be then handed to the personnel charged withtreating the tyre repaired with thekit;❒ a pair of protection gloves located in
the side space of the compressor;❒ adapters for inflating different elements.

In the event of a puncture caused by foreign
bodies, it is possible torepair tyres showing damages
on the track or shoulder up to
max 4 mm diameter.

Holes and damages on
the tyre side walls cannot be repaired. Do not use thequick tyre repair kit if damaging is due to running with flat
tyre.

WARNING

Repairs are not possible in case of damages
on the wheel rim (bad groove
distortion causing air loss). Do
not remove foreign bodies(screws or nails) from thetyre.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING

A0F0048m

INDEX

fig. 12The sealing fluid of the quick tyre repair kit is effective with external temperatures between –20°C and +50°C.
The sealing fluid has limited life.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Hand the instruction
brochure to the personnel charged with treating
the tyre repaired with the kit.

It should be noticed that:

TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCYWARNING

Alfawiki.nl
177

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESINDEXTECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY178

WARNING

The cylinder contains
ethylene glycol. The
cylinder contains latex: it cancause allergic reactions. It isharmful if ingested or inhaled
and irritant for the eyes and incase of contact. In case of contact rinse immediately withwater and take off contaminated clothes. If swallowed,
do not induce vomit, rinse out
the mouth, drink a lot of water and call the doctor immediately. Keep away from children. This product must not be
used by asthmatics. Do not inhale vapours. Call the doctor
immediately in case of allergic reactions. Keep the cylinder in the space provided forthe purpose and far from heat.
The sealing fluid has limited
life.

WARNING

The compressor shallnot be operated formore than 20 minutes. Risk ofoverheating!. Tyres repairedwith the quick tyre repair kit
shall be used temporarily only.

A0F0212m

fig. 13INFLATING PROCEDURE

Replace the cylinder if
sealer has run out. Do
not throw away thecylinder and the sealing fluid.
Have the sealing fluid and thecylinder disposed of in compliance with national and local regulations.

WARNING

Put on the protection
gloves provided together with quick tyre repair
kit.

Proceed as follows:

Alfawiki.nl❒ set the wheel to be repaired withvalve A-fig. 13 in the position
shown in the figure, then pull up
the handbrake, take the quicktyre repair kit and put it on the
ground near the wheel to be repaired;DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES❒ make sure the compressor switch Afig. 16 is set to 0 (off), start theengine and fit plug A-fig. 17 into the outlet/cigar lighter on thefront console and then turn on thecompressor by setting switch A-fig.
16 to I (on);A0F0214m❒ loosen tyre inflation valve cap, takeout the filler hose A-fig. 14 andscrew the ring nut B-fig. 15 on thetyre valve;❒ inflate the tyre to the pressure specified in paragraph “Wheels” in section “Technical Specifications”. Checktyre pressure on gauge B-fig. 16
with compressor off to obtain precise
reading;

A0F0217m❒ if after 5 minutes it is still impossible to reach at least 1.5 bar, disengage compressor from valve and current outlet, then move the car forth
for approx. ten metres in order to distribute the sealing fluid inside thetyre evenly, then repeat the inflation
operation;❒ if after this operation it is still impossible after 5 minutes to reach atleast 1.8 bar, do not start driving
since the tyre is excessively damaged and the quick tyre repair kit
cannot guarantee suitable sealing,
contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services;

INDEX

fig. 15

fig. 17

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

A0F0213m

fig. 16WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

A0F0116m

TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

fig. 14

Alfawiki.nl
179

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESINDEXTECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

180❒ after reaching the tyre pressure specified in paragraph “Wheels” in section “Technical Specifications”, startdriving immediately;WARNING

Apply the sticker in avisible position for thedriver to indicate that the tyrehas been treated with thequick tyre repair kit. Drive
carefully especially when cornering and do not exceed 80
km/h. Avoid heavy braking
and accelerating.

❒ after driving for about 10 minutes
stop and check again the tyre pressure; pull up the handbrake;

WARNING

If pressure falls below
1.8 bar, stop the carsince the tyre is excessively
damaged and the quick tyrerepair kit Fix & Go automaticcannot guarantee suitablesealing. Contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services.

Alfawiki.nl❒ if at least 1.8 bar pressure is read,
restore proper pressure (with engine
running and handbrake on) andrestart;❒ drive with the utmost care to thenearest Alfa Romeo Authorized
Service.

WARNINGYou shall absolutely
communicate that thetyre has been repaired with
the quick tyre repair kit. Hand
the instruction brochure to thepersonnel charged with treating the tyre repaired with thekit.

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCHECKING AND RESTORINGPRESSURE ONLYCYLINDER REPLACEMENTPROCEDURE

The compressor can be also used just for
restoring pressure. Disconnect the quickconnection A-fig. 18 and connect it directly to the tyre valve fig. 19; in thisway the cylinder is not connected to compressor and the sealing fluid will not flow
into the tyre.

To replace the cylinder proceed as follows:❒ disconnect connection A-fig. 20
and hose B;❒ turn counter-clockwise the cylinder
to replace and raise it;❒ fit the new cylinder and turn it clockwise;

WARNING

Inform other people
driving the car that thetyre has been repaired using
the quick tyre kit. Hand the
sticker to the personnel thatwill carry out restoring operations.

INDEX❒ refit connection A or connect hose
B into its seat.

A0F0047m

fig. 20

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

A0F0216m

fig. 19WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

A0F0215m

TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

fig. 18

Alfawiki.nl
181

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESINDEXTECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

182

WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULBGENERAL INSTRUCTIONS❒ When a light is not working, checkthat the corresponding fuse is intact
before changing a bulb. For the location of fuses, refer to the paragraph “If a fuse blows” in this section;❒ Before changing a bulb check thecontacts for oxidation;❒ Burnt bulbs must be replaced by others of the same type and power;

WARNING

Halogen bulbs must be
handled touching only
the metallic part. If the transparent bulb is touched with thefingers, its lighting intensity is
reduced and life of the bulb
may be compromised. Iftouched accidentally, rub the
bulb with a cloth moistenedwith alcohol and allow to dry.

❒ Always check the height of the headlight beam after changing a bulb.
IMPORTANT The headlight inner surface may be lightly misted over: this is
not a fault but a natural fact due to lowtemperature and level of air humidity. It
will disappear as soon the headlights areturned on. The presence of drops inside
the headlights means water infiltration,
therefore contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services.

WARNING

Modifications or repairs to the electricalsystem (electronic control
units) carried out incorrectly
and without bearing the features of the system in mind
can cause malfunctions withthe risk of fire.

Alfawiki.nl

WARNING

Halogen bulbs containpressurised gas which,if broken, may cause small
fragments of glass to be projected outwards.

WARNING

Due to high voltage,
the bulb of (Bixenon)
gas-discharge headlights must
only be replaced by experts:
danger of death! Contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services.

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESC

Tubular bulbs: release themfrom their contacts to remove.

Various types of bulbs are fitted to yourcar:
A

Glass bulbs: clipped into position. Pull to remove.

D-E Halogen bulbs: to remove thebulb, release the clip holding thebulb in place.
F

Gas-discharge bulbs(Bixenon).

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Bayonet type bulbs: press thebulb, turn counter-clockwise to remove this type of bulb from its
holder.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESB

INDEX

TYPES OF BULBS fig. 21

A0F0117m

TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

fig. 21

Alfawiki.nl
183

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESINDEXTECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

184

BULBS

FIGURE 21

TYPE

POWER

Main beam headlights

D

H7

55W

Dipped beam headlights

D

H7

55W

Main beams/Dipped beams(versions with Bixenon headlights) (where provided)

F

D1S

55W

Additional main beams (where provided)

D

H1

55W

Front sidelights (1 per headlight)

A

W5WB

5W

Taillights

B

P21/5W

5W

Front fog lights

E

H7

55W

Front direction indicator

B

PY21W

21W

Side direction indicator

A

W5W

5W

Rear direction indicator

B

P21W

21W

Brake lights

B

P21/5W

21W

Third brake light

A

W2.3W

2.3W

Reversing light

B

P21W

21W

Rear fog lights

B

P21W

21W

Number plate lights

A

W5W

5W

Front ceiling light

2xA+1C

2xW5+10W

5+5+10W

Boot light

C

10W

10W

Courtesy mirror lights

A

1.5W

1.5W

Glovebox light

A

W5W

5W

A

W5W

5W

Puddle/door lights

Alfawiki.nl

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLS

IF AN EXTERIOR
LIGHT BURNS OUT

To change the bulbs, turn cap counterclockwise and then remove it.
The bulbs are arranged inside the light
unit fig. 22 as follows:
A Main beam headlights

WARNING

After replacement, refit the covers correctly
checking that they are properly secured.

B Sidelights/direction indicators

Main beam headlights(halogen bulbs)

C Dipped beam headlights

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:❒ remove cover A-fig. 22 by turning
it counter-clockwise;❒ disconnect the electric connector Afig. 23;

A0F0223m❒ remove the bulb and replace it;❒ fit the new bulb and refit bulb holder catch B;❒ reconnect the electrical connector A;❒ refit the protective cover properly.

INDEX❒ release the bulb holder catch B;

fig. 23WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

The front light units contain main beam,sidelights, direction indicator and dippedbeam bulbs.

A0F0191m

fig. 22TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCYFRONT LIGHT UNITSCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESFor the type of bulb and power rating,see “When needing to change a bulb”.

Alfawiki.nl
185

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESINDEXTECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

186

fig. 24

A0F0193m

A0F0194m

fig. 25

Sidelights

Front direction indicators

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:❒ turn cover B-fig. 22 counter-clockwise;❒ turn cover B-fig. 22 counter-clockwise;❒ press tab A-fig. 24, remove thebulb and replace it;❒ turn the bulb holder A-fig. 25 counterclockwise, remove the bulb and replace it;❒ refit the bulb holder, it shall click into place; look at the light from theoutside to check for proper bulb positioning;❒ refit the protective cover properly.

❒ refit the bulb holder, it shall click into
place; look at the light from the outside to check for proper bulb positioning;❒ refit the protective cover properly.

Alfawiki.nl

fig. 26

A0F0192m

Dipped beam headlights(halogen bulbs)
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:❒ turn cover C-fig. 22 counter-clockwise;❒ disconnect the electric connector Afig. 26;❒ release the bulb holder catch B;❒ remove the bulb and replace it;❒ fit the new bulb and refit bulb holder
catch B;❒ refit the protective cover properly.

WARNING

Due to high voltage,
the bulb of (Bixenon)
gas-discharge headlights must
only be replaced by experts:
danger of death! Contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services.

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:❒ push the lens by hand in opposite
running direction in order to press thecatch A-fig. 27. Release the front
part and remove the unit;❒ turn the bulb holder B-fig. 28
counterclockwise and remove it fromlens C.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Side direction indicators

Be careful not to damage the car body or thelens.

TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

Gas-discharge dipped
beam/main beam headlights(Bixenon) (where provided)

A0F0164m

fig. 28INDEX

A0F0163m

fig. 27

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICES❒ fit the bulb holder B into the lens C
then position the unit, the catch shallclick into place A-fig. 27.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS❒ remove bulb D and replace it;

Alfawiki.nl
187

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESINDEXTECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

188

fig. 29

A0F0196m

A0F0165m

fig. 30

Front fog lights fig. 29

REAR LIGHT UNITSIMPORTANT Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to have front fog lights
replaced and adjusted.

Rear light units contain: reversing light,
rear fog light, direction indicators, taillights, number plate lights, brake lightand third brake light bulbs.
To change these bulbs, open the boot,operate devices A-fig. 30 and remove
the lid B.

Alfawiki.nl

fig. 31

A0F0166m

The bulbs are arranged inside the light
unit fig. 31 as follows:
A Reversing light (left side)/rear fog
light (right side)
B Brake lights/taillights
C Brake lights/taillight
D Direction indicators

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES

Reversing light/rear fog light

Taillights/Brake lights

Reversing light and rear fog light are located inside the rear light unit, one on
the left and the other on the right of thecar (according to running direction).
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:❒ open the boot and the lid as described previously (see fig. 30);
❒ turn the bulb holder A-fig. 32
counterclockwise, remove the bulb
B and replace it;❒ refit the bulb holder, it shall click into place; look at the light from theoutside to check for proper bulb positioning.

The rear light unit houses two bulbs for
taillights/brake lights.
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

A0F0229m❒ turn the bulb holder A-fig. 33 or
A-fig. 34 counterclockwise, remove the bulb B and replace it;❒ refit the bulb holder, it shall click into place; look at the light from theoutside to check for proper bulb positioning.

INDEX❒ open the boot and the lid as described previously (see fig. 30);

fig. 34

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

A0F0170m

fig. 33WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

A0F0040m

TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

fig. 32

Alfawiki.nl
189

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESINDEXTECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

190

fig. 35

A0F0167m

A0F0168m

fig. 36

Direction indicators

Number plate light

To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:

To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:❒ open the boot and the lid as described previously (see fig. 30);

❒ operate with a flat blade screwdriver
protected by a soft cloth on device Afig. 36 to remove the light unit B;❒ turn the bulb holder A-fig. 35
counterclockwise, remove the bulb
B and replace it;❒ refit the bulb holder, it shall click into place; look at the light from theoutside to check for proper bulb positioning.

❒ remove the bulb holder C-fig. 37 byturning it slightly and replace the snapfitted bulb D.

Alfawiki.nl

fig. 37

A0F0169m

Additional brake light(third stop)
Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
to have the third brake light replaced.

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLS

IF AN INTERIOR
LIGHT BURNS OUT

A0F0281m

FRONT CEILING LIGHT

COURTESY MIRROR LIGHTS

Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
to have the bulb replaced.

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:❒ open the mirror cover A-fig. 38;❒ remove the bulb B levering in the
points shown by the arrows;

INDEX❒ replace the bulb C-fig. 39 releasing it from the side contacts making sure that the new bulb is correctly clamped between the contacts.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

fig. 39TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

A0F0280m

fig. 38

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESFor the type of bulb and power rating,see “When needing to change a bulb”.

Alfawiki.nl
191

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESINDEXTECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

192

fig. 40

A0F0172m

GLOVEBOX LIGHT
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:❒ open the glovebox;❒ remove the light unit A-fig. 40 levering in the point shown by the arrow;

A0F0173m

fig. 41❒ close protection B-fig. 41 on light
unit A-fig. 40;❒ refit the light unit inserting first one
side and then the other one until
hearing the locking click.

❒ raise protection B-fig. 41 and replace the snap-fitted bulb;

Alfawiki.nl

fig. 42

A0F0205m

BOOT LIGHT
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:❒ open the tailgate;❒ remove the light unit A-fig. 42 levering in the point shown by the arrow;

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESTo change the bulb, proceed as follows:❒ open the door and remove lens Afig. 44 levering in the point shownby the arrow;❒ raise protection B-fig. 45 and replace the snap-fitted bulb;

A0F0235m❒ close protection B-fig. 45 on light
unit A-fig. 44;❒ refit the light unit inserting first one
side and then the other one until hearing the locking click.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

PUDDLE LIGHT

fig. 45WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES❒ open the protection cover B-fig.
43 and replace the bulb releasing itfrom the side contacts making surethat the new bulb is correctly
clamped between the contacts;❒ re-close the protective cover B;❒ refit the light unit inserting first one
side and then the other one until
hearing the locking click.

A0F0075m

fig. 44TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

A0F0204m

INDEX

fig. 43

Alfawiki.nl
193

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESINDEXTECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

194

IF A FUSE BLOWSWARNING

GENERAL
The fuse is a protective device for theelectric system: it comes into action (i.e.
it cuts off) mainly due to a fault or improper action on the system.
When a device does not work, check theefficiency of its fuse. The conductor element must be intact; if not, replace thefuse with one of the same amp rating(same colour).

A0F0119m

fig. 46

Never replace a broken
fuse with anything other than a new fuse.

A: undamaged fuse

WARNING

B: fuse with damaged filament.
To replace a fuse, use the pliers C
hooked to the fusebox on the dashboard.

If a general fuse
(MEGA-FUSE, MAXIFUSE) cuts in, do not attempt
any repair and contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services.
Before changing a fuse, checkthe ignition key has been removed and that all the otherelectric devices have been
turned off/disabled.

WARNING

Never change a fusewith another with ahigher amp rating, danger offire.

Alfawiki.nl

If a general protection
fuse for safety systems (air bag system, braking
system), power unit systems(engine system, transmission
system) or steering system istriggered, contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services.

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

A0F0157m

FUSE LOCATIONWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Fuses are grouped into four fuse boxes
to be found respectively on the dashboard, on the battery positive pole, near
the battery and inside the boot (lefthand side).
fig. 48

A0F0124m

Fuse box on the dashboard

INDEX

To gain access to the fuses in the fusebox on the dashboard, loosen the fastening screw A-fig. 47 and remove
the cover B.

TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

fig. 47

Alfawiki.nl
195

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESINDEXTECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

196

fig. 49

A0F0126m

Fuse box on the battery
positive pole
To gain access to the fuses in the fusebox on the battery positive pole press
the retainers A-fig. 49 and remove
the protection cover B.
fig. 50

A0F0125m

Alfawiki.nl

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

A0F0128m

Fuse box near the battery

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

To gain access to the fuses, loosen thetwo fastening screws A-fig. 51 andremove the protection cover B.
fig. 52

INDEX

A0F0123m

TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

fig. 51

Alfawiki.nl
197

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESINDEXTECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

198

fig. 53

A0F0129m

Fuse box in the boot(left-hand side) fig. 54
To gain access to the fuses, remove thecover A-fig. 53 as shown by the arrow.
NOTE On certain versions the fuse box
is located under the boot mat, in central
position.

fig. 54

A0F0269m

Alfawiki.nl

F14

10

52

Left main beam headlight

F15

10

52

Right dipped beam headlight

F12

15

48

Left dipped beam headlight

F13

15

48

Front fog light

F30

15

52

Reversing light

F35

7.5

48

Third brake light

F37

10

48

Front/rear ceiling light

F39

10

48

Front ceiling light

F49

7.5

48

Direction indicators

F53

10

48

Hazard lights

F53

10

48

USERS

FUSE

AMPEREFIGURE

Engine compartment control unit

F70 (MEGA-FUSE)

150

50

Instrument panel control unit

F71

70

50

Fuel pre-heating unit (diesel versions)

F73

60

50

Boot control unit

F01 (MAXI-FUSE)

70

52

Instrument panel control unit

F01 (MAXI-FUSE)

7052

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

Right main beam headlight

SAFETYDEVICESFIGURE

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

AMPEREWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESFUSETECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

LIGHTSINDEXFUSE SUMMARY TABLE

Alfawiki.nl
199

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESINDEXTECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

USERS

FUSE

AMPEREFIGURE

Climate control system fan

F02 (MAXI-FUSE)

40

52

Electric steering lockF03 (MAXI-FUSE)

2052

Brake branch point (pump)

F04 (MAXI-FUSE)

40

52

Brake branch point (solenoid valve)

F05 (MAXI-FUSE)

40

52

Radiator fan (low speed)

F06 (MAXI-FUSE)

40

52

Radiator fan (high speed)

F07 (MAXI-FUSE)

50

52

F09

20

52

Headlight washer
Horns

F10

15

52

Electronic injection sundry secondary services

F11

15

52

+ INT for electronic injection system

F16

7.5

52

Electronic injection primary services

F17

10

52

Engine control branch point

F18

15

52

Climate control system compressor

F19

7.5

52

Rear window heating

F20

20

52

Fuel pump supply

F21

20

52

Ignition coils/injectors (petrol versions)

F22

15

52

Electronic injection primary services (diesel versions)

F22

20

52

Sound system/Radionavigation system power

F23

15

52

Body Computer branch point/Headlight washer relay coil

F31

7.5

48

Driver’s door branch point/passenger’s door branch point/ignition
device

F32

15

48

Disponible

F33

–

48

F34

–

48

Disponible

200

Alfawiki.nl

7.5

48

Brake light switch/central console control panel

F35

7.5

48

Cruise Control

F35

7.5

48

AQS sensor

F35

7.5

48

Disponible

F36

–

48

Instrument panel branch point

F37

10

48

Front headlight control unit/Power to control unit
for gas-discharge headights (Bixenon) (where provided)

F37

10

48

Boot locking/unlocking gearmotor

F38

15

48

EOBD system diagnostic socket

F39

10

48

T.P.M.S. control unit

F39

10

48

Mobile phone presetting

F39

10

48

Alarm system control unit (for versions/markets, where provided)

F39

10

48

Climate control system

F39

10

48

Heated rear window

F40

30

48

Windscreen washer/rear window washer nozzle demister

F41

7.5

48

Heated mirror demister

F41

7.5

48

Brake branch point power (ABS/VDC) –Steering angle branch point – Yawing sensor

F42

7.5

48

F43
Alfawiki.nl

30

48

Windscreen wiper/washer

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

F35

SAFETYDEVICES

Water in diesel fuel filter sensor/flow meter

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

FIGUREWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESAMPERETECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

FUSE

INDEX

USERS

201

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESINDEXTECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

202

USERS

FUSE

AMPEREFIGURE

Front cigar lighter on central console

F44

10

48

Powered sun curtain control unit

F46

20

48

Radionavigation system

F49

7.5

48

Rain sensor control unit

F49

7.5

48

Steering wheel branch point

F49

7.5

48

Control buttons panel

F49

7.5

48

Parking sensor branch point

F49

7.5

48

Central console control lights

F49

7.5

48

Front seat controls light

F49

7.5

48

Windscreen services

F49

7.5

48

Mobile phone presetting

F49

7.5

48

START/STOP button

F49

7.5

48

Air Bag system

F50

7.5

48

Tyer pressure monitoring system control unit

F51

7.5

48

Sound system presetting

F51

7.5

48

Rear window washer/wiper

F52

15

48

Instrument panel branch point

F53

10

48

Sound system amplifier with DSP

F54

30

54

HI-FI audio amplifier

F54

30

54

F56

25

54

Front left seat movement control

Alfawiki.nl

7.5

54

Front right seat movement control

F60

25

54

Subwoofer amplifier

F61

15

54

Front right seat warming

F67

7.5

54

Free

F58

–

54

Free

F59

–

54

Free

F62

–

54

Free

F63

–

54

Free

F64

–

54

Free

F66

–

54

Free

F68

–

54

Free

F69

–

54

Free

F77

–

54

Left power window

F78

30

54

Free

F79

–

54

Right power window

F80

30

54

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

F57

SAFETYDEVICES

Front left seat warming

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

FIGUREWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESAMPERETECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY

FUSE

INDEX

USERS

Alfawiki.nl
203

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

IF THE BATTERYIS FLATIMPORTANT The description of thebattery charging procedure is described
only for informative purposes. This operation should be carried out by Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services.
Charging should be slow at a low amp
rating for 24 hours. Charging for alonger time may damage the battery.

Charge the battery as follows:❒ disconnect battery negative terminal(–);❒ connect the charger cables to thebattery terminals, observing thepoles;❒ turn on the charger;❒ when you have finished, turn the
charger off before disconnecting thebattery;

WARNINGThe liquid in the battery
is poisonous and corrosive. Do not let it touch theskin or eyes. Recharging thebattery should be done in awell ventilated area awayfrom naked flames or possible
sources of sparks: explosion
and fire risk.

❒ reconnect battery negative terminal
(–).

INDEX

TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCYWARNING204

Do not attempt torecharge a frozen battery. Thaw it first, otherwise
it could explode. If the battery
froze, make sure the internal
elements are not broken andthat the casing is not cracked:
risk of spilling the poisonousand corrosive fluid.

Alfawiki.nl

See instructions given in paragraph“Wheel replacement” in this section

TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

A0F0195m

fig. 55

INDEX

Never jack the car from the front side,
the car can only be jacked at the sides,
jack arms or workshop lift shall beplaced as shown in fig. 55. In any
case, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Services.

SAFETYDEVICESUSING AN ARM LIFT OR
WORKSHOP LIFTDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSWITH THE JACKJACKING THE CAR

Alfawiki.nl
205

TOW RING HOOKINGFront

The tow ring provided with the car ishoused in the tool container.

Proceed as follows:❒ take the tow hook from the tool container;

INDEX

TECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSTOWING THE CAR

206

A0F0230m

fig. 56

PRECAUTIONS FORTOWING THE CAR
To prevent damaging the transmission
components, tow the car only in one offollowing ways:❒ with front wheels raised and rear
wheels resting on a truck provided
for the purpose;❒ with rear wheels raised and front
wheels resting on a truck provided
for the purpose;❒ with front and rear wheels on the
flatbed of a wrecker or maintenancevehicle.

Alfawiki.nl❒ remove the snap-fitted plug A-fig.
56 from the front bumper. If using theflat blade screwdriver provided as standard, protect its tip with a soft cloth toprevent damaging the car.
❒ tighten the tow hook in its seat.

Take the tow ring from the tool container
and tighten it into seat A-fig. 57.

WARNING

Before fitting the hook,clean accurately its
threaded seat. Before starting
to tow, make sure to havetighten the hook.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Rear

Do not start the engine
when towing the car.

INDEX

A0F0176m

fig. 57

Before starting to tow,
disengage the steering
lock (see paragraph “Ignition
device” in section “Dashboard
and controls”). When towing,
remember that without thehelp of the brake booster andpower steering, a greater effort is required on the pedal
and steering wheel. Do not use
flexible cables for towing andavoid jerks. During towing operations make sure that fastening the joint to the car does
not damage the components incontact with it. When towing
the car, you must comply withthe specific traffic regulations
regarding the tow ring andhow to tow on the road.

WARNINGTECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCYWARNING

Alfawiki.nl
207

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESINDEXTECHNICALCAR
IN AN
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY208

WARNING

The front and rear tow
hooks must only be
used for emergency situations
on the road. The vehicle may
be towed for short distances
when a dedicated device isused in compliance with the
Highway Code (rigid bar), in
order to move the vehicle on
the road in preparation for
towing by a tow truck Tow
hooks MUST NOT be used totow vehicles off the road orwhere there are obstacles
and/or for towing operations
using cables or other non-rigid
devices. Respecting the above
conditions, towing must only
take place with two vehicles(one towing, the other towed)
travelling as far as possible inalignment along the same centreline.

Alfawiki.nl

SERVICE SCHEDULE ........................................... 211
PERIODICAL CHECKS .......................................... 213

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSCHEDULED SERVICING...................................... 210

SAFETYDEVICESCAR MAINTENANCE

WHEELS AND TYRES.......................................... 226
RUBBER HOSES ................................................ 228
WINDSCREEN/REARSCREEN WIPER .................... 228
BODYWORK ..................................................... 230

INDEX

INTERIORS ....................................................... 233

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESBATTERY .......................................................... 222

IN AN
EMERGENCY

AIR FILTER/POLLEN FILTER ................................ 222

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCECHECKING FLUID LEVELS .................................... 214

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

USE OF THE CAR UNDER HEAVY CONDITIONS ........ 213

Alfawiki.nl
209

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESThis is why Alfa Romeo has programmed
a series of checks and maintenance operations every 35,000 km (or 21,000
mi).

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Correct maintenance is essential for ensuring long car life under the best conditions.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CARSCHEDULEDSERVICING

210

IMPORTANT The actual engine oil andfilter change frequency depends on theconditions of use of the car and is signalled by means of a warning light or
message (where provided) on the instrument panel.
IMPORTANT At 2000 km from thescheduled service, the display will show
a dedicated message.

It is however important to remember thatscheduled servicing does not completely
cover all the car’s requirements: also in
the initial period before 35,000 km (or21,000 mi) service coupon and later, between one coupon and another, ordinary
care is still required such as for example
routine check and topping up the level of
fluids, tyre pressure check, etc...
IMPORTANT The Programmed Maintenance coupons are specified by the
Manufacturer. The failure to have them
carried out may invalidate the warranty.
Scheduled Servicing is performed by all
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services, at preestablished times.
If during whatever service operation, in
addition to the ones programmed, theneed arises for further replacements or
repairs, these may be carried out onlywith the explicit agreement of the Customer.

Alfawiki.nl

IMPORTANT You are advised to contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services inthe event of any minor operating faults,
without waiting for the next service
coupon.
If your car is used frequently for towing,
the interval between one service coupon
and the other must be reduced.

●

●

●

●

●

Check light system operation (headlights, direction indicators,
hazard lights, boot lights, passenger compartment lights,
glovebox lights, warning lights, etc.)

●

●

●

●

●

Check windscreen wiper/washer operation,
adjust nozzles if required

●

●

●

●

●

Check windscreen/rear window blade position/wear

●

●

●

●

●

Check front disk brake pad conditions and wear
and wear indicator operation

●

●

●

●

●

Check rear disk brake pad conditions and wear

●

●

●

●

●

Sight inspect the conditions of: body external parts, underbody
protection, pipes and hoses (exhaust - fuel - brakes), rubber parts(boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.)

●

●

●

●

●

Check cleanness of locks, bonnet and boot and lever cleanness
and lubrication

●

●

●

●

●

Check and top up, if required, fluid levels(brakes/hydraulic clutch, power steering, windscreen washer,battery, engine coolant, etc.)

●

●

●

●

●

Check and adjust handbrake lever stroke

●

●

●

●

Sight inspect accessory drive belt conditions●

Check exhaust emissions (petrol versions)

●

●

●

●

●

Check exhaust emissions/smoke (diesel versions)

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Check engine control system operation (through diagnosis socket)

Alfawiki.nl

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

Check tyre conditions/wear and adjust pressure if required

SAFETYDEVICES

175

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR140

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

105

IN AN
EMERGENCY70

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

35

Thousands of km

INDEX

SERVICE SCHEDULE

211

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES

Thousands of km

3570

Replace accessory drive belt/s●

Replace timing belt (1750 TURBO BENZINA versions) (*)●

CORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

140

175

●

Replace timing belt (diesel versions) (*)●

Change spark plugs (1750 TURBO BENZINA versions)●●

Change spark plugs (3.2 JTS and 2.2 JTS Selespeed versions)

212

105

Replace diesel fuel filter (diesel versions)●●

Change air cleaner cartridge●●●

Change front transmission gear oil (3.2 JTS 4x4 versions)
Changing engine oil and oil filter (3.2 JTS and 2.2 JTS Selespeed versions)(or every 24 months)
Changing engine oil and oil filter (1750 TURBO BENZINA versions) (**)(or every 12 months)

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Change engine oil and oil filter (diesel versions with DPF) (**)(or every 24 months)
Change engine oil and oil filter (diesel versions without DPF)
(or every 24 months)●

Change brake fluid (or every 24 months)●

Change pollen filter (or every 24 months)

●

●
●

●

●

(*) Regardless of the km covered, the timing belt shall be replaced every 4 years for particularly demanding use (cold climates, driving in the city, idlingfor a long time) or in any case every 5 years.
(**) The engine oil and the filter must be changed when the instrument panel warning light comes on (see “Warning lights and Messages” chapter) and in all cases every 24 months.
If the car is used mainly in towns the engine oil and filter need to be changed every 12 months

Alfawiki.nl❒ tyre pressure and conditions.
❒ check light system operation (headlights, direction indicators, hazard
lights, etc.);❒ check windscreen wiper/washer operation and windscreen/rear window
blade position/wear;
Every 3,000 km check and top up if required: engine oil level.
You are recommended to use
PETRONAS LUBRICANTS products, designed and produced specifically for Alfa Romeo cars (see table “Capacities” in section “Technical specifications”).

❒ trailer or caravan towing;❒ dusty roads;❒ short distances (less than 7-8 km)
and repeated with external temperatures below zero;❒ frequently idling engines or long distance low speed driving (e.g.: doorto-door deliveries) or in case of a longterm inactivity;❒ urban routes;
carry out checks more frequently thanrequired on Service Schedule:❒ check front disk brake pad conditions
and wear;❒ check cleanness of bonnet and bootlocks and lever cleanness and lubrication;❒ visual check on various drive belt conditions;❒ change engine oil and oil filter, if required;❒ check and replace pollen filter, if required;❒ check and replace air cleaner, if required.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES❒ check battery charge and fluid level(electrolyte);

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR❒ windscreen washer fluid level;

Should prevailing use of the car be under one of the following specially heavy
conditions:

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES❒ brake fluid level;

IN AN
EMERGENCY❒ engine coolant fluid level;❒ sight inspect the conditions of: engine, gearbox, transmission, pipes
and hoses (exhaust - fuel - brakes),
rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bushes,etc.);TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Every 1,000 km or before long journeys, check and top up if required:

USE OF THE CAR
UNDER HEAVYCONDITIONSINDEXPERIODICAL CHECKS

Alfawiki.nl
213

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE214

CHECKING FLUIDLEVELS

63

5

2

Refer to section Technical Specifications
for fluid amounts.

When topping up takecare not to confuse thevarious types of fluids:
they are all incompatible with
one another and could seriously damage the car.

4

1

fig. 1 - 1750 TURBO BENZINA versions

A0F0275m

WARNING

Never smoke whileworking in the engine
compartment; gas and inflammable vapours may be present, with the risk of fire.

1. Engine oil
2. Battery
3. Brake fluid 4. Windscreen washer fluid
5. Engine coolant
6. Power steering fluid

Alfawiki.nl

fig. 1/a - 2.2 JTS Selespeed versions

A0F0161m

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
IN AN
EMERGENCY

5

6

3
2

4

INDEX

1

1. Engine oil
2. Battery
3. Brake fluid
4. Windscreen washer fluid
5. Engine coolant
6. Power steering fluid

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

A0F0038m

fig. 2 - 3.2 JTS versions

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

1. Engine oil
2. Battery
3. Brake fluid 4. Windscreen washer fluid
5. Engine coolant
6. Power steering fluid

Alfawiki.nl

fig. 3 - 2.0 JTDM versions

A0F0274m

215

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESfig. 4 - 2.4 JTDM versions

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

1. Engine oil
2. Battery
3. Brake fluid
4. Windscreen washer fluid
5. Engine coolant
6. Power steering fluid

216

Alfawiki.nl

A0F0203m

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES
A0F0202m

Remove the dipstick A and clean it, put
it back in completely, remove it andcheck that the level is within the MIN
and MAX marks on the dipstick. The
gap between the MIN and MAX
marks corresponds to about one litre ofoil.
fig. 5

A0F0018m

A0F0276m

fig. 7ENGINE OIL

Checking engine oil

Fig. 5: 1750 TURBO BENZINA versions

Check the oil level a few minutes (about5) after the engine has stopped, withthe car parked on level ground.

Fig. 5/a: 2.2 JTS Selespeed versions

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

fig. 8WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

A0F0069m

fig. 6IN AN
EMERGENCY

A0F0277m

Fig. 6: 3.2 JTS versions
Fig. 7: 2.0 JTDM versions

INDEX

Fig. 8: 2.4 JTDM versions

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

fig. 5

Alfawiki.nl
217

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Engine oil consumption

If the oil level is near or even below theMIN mark, add oil through the filler
neck B, until reaching the MAX mark.
Oil level shall never exceed the MAX
mark.

Max engine oil consumption is usually
400 grams every 1000 km.

IMPORTANT If a routine check reveals that the oil level is above the
MAX mark, contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to have the correct level restored.
IMPORTANT After adding or changing the oil, let the engine turn over fora few seconds and wait a few minutes
after turning it off before you check thelevel.

When the car is new, the engine needs
to run in, therefore the engine oil consumption can only be considered stabilised after the first 5000 - 6000 km.
IMPORTANT The oil consumption depends on driving style and the conditions
under which the car is used.
IMPORTANT Do not add oil withspecifications other than that alreadyin the engine.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Topping up engine oil

218

Alfawiki.nl

WARNING

When the engine is hot,take care when working inside the engine compartment to avoid burns. Remember that when the engine ishot, the fan may cut in: dangerof injury. Scarves, ties andother loose clothing might bepulled by moving parts.

Used engine oil and filter contain harmful substances for the environment. Contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services to have the oiland filter changed.

A 50% mixture of distilled water and
PARAFLUUP gives freeze protection to–35°C.

WARNING

The cooling system ispressurised. If necessary, replace the cap only withanother genuine one, otherwise system efficiency could
be compromised.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS❒ 30% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL
SC 35 and 70% water in summer;

In case of temperatures below –20°C,
use undiluted TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35.

INDEXWARNING

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESTo top up, remove the cap A and thenpour a mixture of water and TUTELAPROFESSIONAL SC 35, in the following concentrations:❒ 50% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL
SC 35 and 50% water in winter.

For particularly hard climate conditions,
we recommend use of a 60%
PARAFLUUP and 40% demineralized
water mixture.

Do not remove thereservoir cap when theengine is hot: you risk scalding
yourself.

WINDSCREEN/HEADLIGHTWASHER FLUID fig. 10

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

If the level is low, pour slowly a mixtureof 50% distilled water and 50%
PARAFLUUP through the filler neck A.

A0F0029m

IN AN
EMERGENCY

ENGINE COOLANT FLUID
fig. 9fig. 10TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

A0F0017m

fig. 9The cooling system uses
PARAFLUUP that shall be
used for topping up andthat cannot be mixed with other types of fluids. Should otherfluids be added, do not start theengine and contact Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services as soon as
possible.

Alfawiki.nl
219

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLS

Do not travel with thewindscreen washer
reservoir empty. The windscreen washer is fundamental
for improving visibility.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESWARNING

A0F0027m

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESWARNING

220

Certain commercial additives for windscreen
washers are inflammable. The
engine compartment contains
hot components which may set
it on fire.

A0F0234m

fig. 11 - 1750 TURBO BENZINA
2.2 JTS Selespeed - 2.4 JTDM versions

fig. 12 - 3.2 JTS - 2.0 JTDM versions

POWER STEERING FLUID
fig. 11-12❒ with the engine started, turn repeatedly the steering wheel fullyrightwards and leftwards;

Check that the fluid level in the reservoir
is at maximum level: this operation shallbe carried out with the car on level surface, engine not running and cold.
Check that the fluid level is at the MAX
mark on the reservoir or at the top mark(maximum level) shown on the dipstickunder the reservoir cap.
If the fluid level in the reservoir is below
the specified level, top up as follows:❒ start the engine and wait until thefluid level in the reservoir has stabilized;

Alfawiki.nl❒ top up until reaching the MAX
mark then refit the cap.
IMPORTANT For this operation it ishowever recommended to always contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

WARNING

Do not allow the power steering fluid totouch the hot parts of the engine: it is inflammable.

Check that the fluid level in the reservoir
is at maximum. Top up with the brakefluid specified in the table “Fluids andlubricants” (see section “Technical Specifications”).
NOTE Clean accurately the tank cap A
and the surrounding surface. Whenopening the cap take the utmost care toprevent impurities entering the tank.
When topping up, always use a funnel
with built-in filter with mesh equal toor lower than 0.12 mm.

Make sure that the highly corrosive brake fluid
does not drip onto thepaintwork. If it does, wash it off
immediately with water.

WARNING

Symbol π on the container indicates synthetic brake fluid, distinguishing it from the mineral kind.
Using mineral fluids irreversibly damages the special
braking system rubber seals.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARBRAKE FLUID fig. 13

IMPORTANT Brake fluid absorbs
moisture. For this reason, if the car ismainly used in areas with a high degreeof atmospheric humidity, the fluid should
be replaced at more frequent intervals
than specified in the Service Schedule.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

A0F0016m

INDEX

fig. 13

Brake fluid is poisonousand highly corrosive. In
the event of accidental contact,
wash the parts involved immediately with neutral soap
and water, then rinse thoroughly. Call the doctor immediately if the fluid is swallowed.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

From time to time, check the instrument
panel warning light x: pressing on cap
A (with key fitted into the ignition device) the warning light shall turn on.

WARNINGTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IMPORTANT For this operation it ishowever recommended to contact Alfa
Romeo Authorised Services.

Alfawiki.nl
221

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Air cleaner or pollen filter replacement
shall be carried out at Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.

BATTERY
The battery does not require top ups of
distilled water to replenish the electrolyte. A periodic check carried out at
an Alfa Romeo Authorised Services is,however, necessary to check efficiency.
IMPORTANT The charge in the battery should be checked at the start ofwinter to limit the risk of electrolyte
freezing. This check should be carriedout more frequently if the car is usedmainly for short trips, or if it is fitted withaccessories that permanently absorb
electricity also with the ignition key removed, especially in the case of aftermarket accessories.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

AIR FILTER/
POLLEN FILTER

222

Alfawiki.nl

After connecting / disconnecting the battery,
wait for 3 minutes atleast before fitting the electronic key into the ignition device inorder to allow the climate control
system control unit to reset thepositions of the electric actuatorsthat adjust air temperature anddistribution.

WARNINGThe liquid in the battery is poisonous andcorrosive. Avoid contact witheyes and skin. Do not bring
naked flames or possible
sources of sparks near to thebattery: risk of fire and explosion.

Alfawiki.nl

Batteries contain substances that are very
harmful for the environment. You are advised to havethe battery changed at Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services,which is properly equipped for
disposing of used batteries respecting nature and the law.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Refer therefore to the instructions provided by the battery manufacturer.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

If a battery with different specifications
is fitted, the service intervals given in
the Service schedule in this section will
no longer be valid.

Incorrect fitting of electrical and electronic accessories can seriously
damage the car. If after buying
the car, you want to install electric accessories which require permanent electric supply (alarm,
free-hand phone kit, etc.) contact
Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
whose qualified personnel, in addition to suggesting the mostsuitable devices, will evaluate theoverall electric absorption, checking whether the car’s electric system is capable of withstanding
the load required, or whether itshould be integrated with a more
powerful battery.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

If required, replace the battery with agenuine spare part having the same
specifications.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Running the battery
with low fluid level candamage the battery beyond
repair and could also cause its
explosion.

REPLACING THE BATTERYINDEXWARNING

223

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLS

If the car is left inactive
for long periods at cold,
remove the battery and store
it in a warm place to prevent
freezing.

WARNING

When working on thebattery or near it, always wear the proper goggles.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESWARNING

224

Alfawiki.nl

USEFUL ADVICE FORLENGTHENING THE LIFE OF
YOUR BATTERY
To avoid draining your battery andlengthen its life, observe the following
indications:❒ when you park the car, ensure thedoors, tailgate and bonnet are closed
properly;❒ the ceiling lights must be off. The caris however provided with an automatic system for switching off internal lights;❒ do not keep accessories (e.g.: soundsystem, hazard lights, etc.) switchedon for a long time when the engine
is not running;❒ before performing any operation on
the electrical system, disconnect thebattery negative terminal cable;❒ battery terminals shall always be
perfectly tightened.

admitted
stand-by intake

50 Ah

30 mA

60 Ah

36 mA

70 Ah

42 mA

90 Ah

54 mA

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES

Maximum

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Battery

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

The total intake of these systems (factory and after-market) must be less than
0.6 mA x Ah (of the battery) as shownin the following table:

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

If after buying the car, you want to install electric accessories which require
permanent electric supply (alarm, etc.)
contact Alfa Romeo Authorized Services
whose qualified personnel, in addition
to suggesting the most suitable devices
available at Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo,
will evaluate the overall electric absorption, checking whether the car’s
electric system is capable of withstanding the load required, or whether itshould be integrated with a more powerful battery. In fact, since these devices
continue absorbing energy even when
the ignition key is off, they gradually run
down the battery.

INDEX

IMPORTANT A battery which is kept
at a charge of less than 50% for any
length of time will be damaged by sulphation leading to a reduction in cranking power.
Moreover, this might lead to a higher
risk of the battery electrolyte freezing(this may even occur at –10°C). If the
car is inactive for a long period of time,refer to “Car inactivity”, in section “Correct use of the car”.

Alfawiki.nl
225

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESAs far as possible, avoid sharp braking
and screech starts, etc. Be careful not tohit the kerb, potholes or other obstacles
hard. Driving for long stretches overbumpy roads can damage the tyres.

Check the pressure of each tyre, including the space-saver spare wheel, every
four weeks and before long journeys:pressure should be checked with the tyre
rested and cold.
fig. 14

Incorrect pressure causes abnormal tyrewear fig. 14:
A normal pressure: tread evenly worn.

C high pressure: tread particularly wornin the centre.

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCEWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

For the correct tyre inflation pressure,see “Wheels” in “Technical specifications” section.

A0F0120m

IN AN
EMERGENCY

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

IMPORTANT NOTESWHEELS AND TYRES

226

B low pressure: tread particularly wornat the edges.

Tyres must be replaced when the tread
wears down to 1.6 mm. In any case,comply with the laws in the country
where the car is being driven.

Alfawiki.nl

Periodically check that the tyres have no
cuts in the side wall, abnormal swellingor irregular tyre wear. If any of these occur, have the car seen to at Alfa Romeo
Authorized Services.
Avoid overloading the car when travelling: this may cause serious damage tothe wheels and tyres; if a tyre is punctured, stop immediately and change it
to avoid damage to the tyre, the rim,suspensions and steering system.

If the pressure is too
low the tyre overheats
and this can cause it serious
damage.

Never submit alloyrims to repainting
treatments requiring to use
temperatures
exceeding
150°C since the mechanicalproperties of the wheels could
be impaired.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNINGWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESWARNING

Do not cross switch thetyres, moving themfrom the right of the car to theleft and vice versa.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

If a tyre is changed, also change the inflation valve; to allow even wear between the front and rear tyres, it is advisable to change them over every 1015 thousand kilometres, keeping themon the same side of the car so as to notreverse the direction of rotation.

Remember that roadholding depends also
on the correct tyre inflatingpressure.

WARNINGTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

In the case of replacement, always fit
new tyres, avoiding those of dubious origin.

WARNING

INDEX

Tyres age even if they are not used
much. Cracks in the tread rubber are asign of ageing. In any case, if the tyres
have been on the car for over 6 years,
they should be checked by specialised
personnel, to see if they can still be
used. Also remember to check the spacesaver spare wheel.

Alfawiki.nl
227

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

As far as the brake system and fuel rubber hoses are concerned, carefully follow the Service schedule in this section.
Indeed ozone, high temperatures andprolonged lack of fluid in the system
may cause hardening and cracking of
the hoses, with possible leaks. Careful
control is therefore necessary.

WINDSCREEN/
REARSCREEN
WIPERSBLADES
Periodically clean the rubber part using
special products TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35 is recommended.
If the rubber blades are bent or worn
they should be replaced. In any casethey should be changed once a year.

A few simple notions can reduce the possibility of damage to the blades:❒ if the temperature falls below zero,
make sure that ice has not frozen
the rubber against glass. If necessary, thaw using an antifreeze product;❒ remove any snow from the glass:in addition to protecting the blades,
this prevents effort on the motor andoverheating;❒ do not operate the windscreen
wipers on dry glass.

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

RUBBER HOSESINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCEWARNING

228

Driving with worn
wiper blades is a serious hazard, because visibility
is reduced in bad weather.

Alfawiki.nl

A0F0080m

A0F0249m

fig. 16

Changing the windscreen
wiper blades fig. 15

Changing the rearscreen
wiper blades

How to remove the blade:

Proceed as follows:– raise the windscreen wiper arm A;– turn the blade B by 90° around pin
C, on the final section of the arm;
– remove the blade from the pin C.

❒ raise cover A-fig. 16 and remove
the arm by loosening the nut B that
secures it to the revolving pin;❒ fit the new arm, tighten the nut B
and then lower the cover A.

How to refit the new blade:– fit pin C into the hole in the middleof the blade B;

HEADLIGHT WASHERS
Regularly check that the spray jets areintact and clean.
The headlight washers are automatically switched on when the windscreen
washer is operated and the dippedbeams are on.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESINDEX– refit the arm with the blade on thewindscreen.

Fluid jets shall be directed at about 1/3
height from the window upper edge.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

fig. 15WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Then check that the nozzle holes are notclogged, if necessary use a needle.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

If the jet of fluid is missing, firstly checkthat there is fluid in the reservoir: see“Checking fluid levels” in this section).

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCESPRAY NOZZLES

Alfawiki.nl
229

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

230

BODYWORKPROTECTION FROMATMOSPHERIC AGENTS
The main causes of corrosion are the following:❒ atmospheric pollution;❒ salty air and humidity (coastal areas,or hot humid climates);❒ seasonal environment conditions.
Not to be underestimated is also theabrasive action of wind-borne atmospheric dust and sand and mud and gravel raised by other cars.
On your car, Alfa Romeo implemented
the best manufacturing technologies toeffectively protect the bodywork against
corrosion.

These include:❒ Painting products and systems whichgive the car particular resistance tocorrosion and abrasion;❒ Use of galvanised (or pretreated)steel sheets, with high resistance tocorrosion;❒ Spraying of plastic parts, with a protective function, in the more exposed
points: underdoor, inner fender parts,
edges, etc;
❒ Use of “open” boxed sections to prevent condensation and pockets ofmoisture from triggering rust inside;❒ Use of special anti-abrasion protective tapes in the most exposed areas(e.g.: rear mudguard, etc.).

Alfawiki.nl

BODY AND UNDERBODYWARRANTYYour car is covered by warranty against
perforation due to rust of any original element of the structure or body. For thegeneral terms of this warranty, refer tothe Alfa Romeo Warranty booklet.

In the case of deep scrapes or scores,
you are advised to have the necessary
touching up carried out immediately to
avoid the formation of rust. Use only
original paint products for touching up(see “Bodywork paint identification
plate” in section “Technical specification”).
Normal paint maintenance consists inwashing at intervals depending on theconditions and environment of use. For
example, in highly polluted areas, or if
the roads are sprayed with salt, it is wise
to wash the car more frequently.

❒ wipe a sponge with a slightly soapy
solution over the bodywork, frequently rinsing with the sponge;

Do not wash the car after it has been left
in the sun or with the bonnet hot: thismay alter the shine of the paintwork.

❒ rinse well with water and dry witha jet of air or a chamois leather.
NOTE Cars with metallic opaque paintmust be exclusively hand washed using
neutral PH detergents and cleaned/
dried with wet chamois leather.

In order to preserve theaesthetic appearance ofthe metallic opaque
paint abrasive products and/or
polishes should not be used forcleaning the car or removing
possible abrasions/scratches. In
case of need, contact Alfa
Romeo Authorized Services.

Detergents cause waterpollution. Therefore the
car should be washedin areas equipped for collecting
and purifying the liquid used in
the washing process.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES❒ wash the body using a low pressure
jet of water;

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Paintwork does not only serve an aesthetic purpose, but also protects the underlying sheet metal.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES❒ remove the aerial from the roof toprevent damage to it if the car iswashed in an automatic system;IN AN
EMERGENCY

Paint

When drying, take particular care withthe less visible parts like door surrounds,
bonnet and around the headlights wherewater may stagnate. The car should not
be taken to a closed area immediately,
but left in the open so that residual water can evaporate.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

To wash the car correctly proceed as follows:

INDEX

ADVICE FOR PRESERVINGTHE BODYWORK

Alfawiki.nl

231

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

232

Exterior plastic parts must be cleaned in
the same way as the rest of the car.
Where possible, do not park under trees;
the resinous substance many species release give the paint a dull appearance
and increase the possibility of triggeringrust processes.
IMPORTANT Bird droppings must be
washed off immediately and thoroughly as the acid they contain is particularly aggressive.
Windows
Use specific window cleaner products.
Use also clean cloths to avoid scratching
the glass or damaging the transparency.

Front headlights

Engine compartment

Front headlights shall be washed with
soft cloth moistened with water and car
detergent.

At the end of the winter the engine compartment should be carefully washed,without directing the jet against electronic
control units. Contact a specialised workshop to have this done.

IMPORTANT Cleaning headlight lenses with a dry cloth will damage theheadlights with lack of performance asa consequence. Solvents mat the lenses with lack of performance as a consequence.
IMPORTANT When washing front
headlights using a water nozzle, keep
the water jet at 2 cm at least from lenses.

IMPORTANT The inside of therearscreen should be wiped gently witha cloth in the direction of the filaments
to avoid damaging the heating device.

Alfawiki.nl

IMPORTANT The car should be
washed with the engine cold and the key
removed from the ignition device. Afterwashing make sure that the various protections (e.g. rubber caps and various covers) have not been damaged or removed.

Use a soft brush or vacuum cleaner toremove dust. Velvet is cleaned better if
the brush is moistened.

If the stain persists, use specific products, carefully following the instructions
for use.

Rub the seats with a sponge moistenedwith a solution of water and neutral detergent.

IMPORTANT Never use spirit or alcohol-based products.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

CLEANING SEATS ANDFABRIC AND VELVET PARTS

Remove liquid or grease stains with a dry
absorbent cloth without rubbing. Then
wipe with a soft cloth or chamois leather
with water and neutral soap.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Remove dried on dirt with lightly moistened chamois leather or cloth withoutpressing too hard.

Upholstery of your car
has been designed towithstand wear deriving from common use of the car.
You are however recommended
to avoid strong and/or continuous scratching with clothing accessories such as metallic buckles, studs, Velcro fastenings andthe like, since these items cause
circumscribed stress of the cover fabric that could lead to yarn
breaking, and damage the cover as a consequence.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Periodically check that water is nottrapped under the mats (due to water
dripping off shoes, umbrellas, etc.)
which could cause oxidisation of the
sheet metal.

CLEANING LEATHER SEATS(for versions/markets,
where provided)

IN AN
EMERGENCY

INTERIORS

Alfawiki.nl
233

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYINDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

234

INTERIOR PLASTIC PARTS
Clean plastic parts with a cloth
mositened with water and non-abrasive
neutral detergent. To remove grease or
hard stains, use appropriate products designed to preserve the appearance ofcomponents.
IMPORTANT Never use spirit or petroleum to clean the instrument panel
or other plastic parts.

WARNING

Never use flammableproducts like oil ether
or rectified petrol for cleaning
car interiors. Electrostatic discharges generated by rubbing
during cleaning operations
could cause fire.

WARNING

Do not keep aerosolcans in the car: theymight explode. Aerosol cansmust never be exposed to atemperature above 50°C. The
temperature inside the car exposed to the sun may go wellbeyond that figure.

STEERING WHEEL/GEARLEVER KNOB WITH
GENUINE LEATHER
COVERING(for versions/markets,
where provided)
These components shall only be cleaned
with water and neutral soap. Never use
spirit or alcohol-based products.
Before using special products for cleaning interiors, read carefully label instructions and indications to make surethey are free from spirit and/or alcoholbased substances.
If when cleaning the windscreen withspecial glass products, some drops fallon the leather covering of the steering
wheel/gear lever knob remove them
immediately and then clean with water and neutral soap.
IMPORTANT Take the utmost carewhen engaging the steering lock to prevent scratching the leather covering.

Alfawiki.nl

ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS............... 238
ENGINE .......................................................... 239

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSIDENTIFICATION DATA ........................................ 236

SAFETYDEVICEST E C H N I C A L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S

SUSPENSIONS.................................................. 241
WHEELS .......................................................... 242
DIMENSIONS.................................................... 247
PERFORMANCE ................................................. 248
WEIGHTS......................................................... 249
CAPACITIES ...................................................... 250
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS ................................... 251
FUEL CONSUMPTION ........................................ 253
CO2 EMISSIONS .............................................. 254

INDEX

RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL:MINISTERIAL CERTIFICATIONS ............................. 255

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESSTEERING ........................................................ 241

IN AN
EMERGENCY

BRAKES ........................................................... 241

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

TRANSMISSION ............................................... 240

CORRECT USE
OF THE CARFUEL FEED/IGNITION ........................................ 240

Alfawiki.nl
235

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCY
INDEX

CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

236

IDENTIFICATIONDATA
You are advised to note the identification codes. The identification data
stamped and given on the plates andtheir position are the following
fig. 1:
1 - Identification label
2 - Body label
3 - Bodywork paint identification label
4 - Engine label.

A0F0045m

fig. 1IDENTIFICATION LABELThis is to be found in the engine compartment, aside the upper right shockabsorber connection and it bears the following identification data:

fig. 2

A0F0013m

C. Space available for maximum
weights authorised by various national
regulations
D.Space for version and any supplementary indications to those specified

A. Space for details of national homologation

E. Space for smoke coefficient (diesel
versions only)

B. Space for punching the consecutive
chassis number

F. Space for punching the Manufacturer’s name.

Alfawiki.nl

It can be reached by raising cover Afig. 3 and it includes:❒ type of vehicle (ZAR 939000);❒ Manufacturer’s serial number (chassis number).

This is located in the inner side of the
tailgate fig. 4 and it includes:
A. Paint manufacturer
B. Name of colour
C. Colour code.
D. Colour code for touching up and respraying.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESThis is located on the passenger compartment floor near the front passenger’s seat.

BODYWORK PAINT
IDENTIFICATION LABELIN AN
EMERGENCY

BODYWORK LABEL

A0F0222m

fig. 4TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

A0F0175m

INDEX

fig. 3

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESEngine marking is stamped on the gearbox side, on the rear left side.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSENGINE MARKING

Alfawiki.nl
237

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCY
INDEX

CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

238

ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS
Versions

Engine code

Bodywork version

1750 TURBO BENZINA ()939B1000

939DXN1B 56

3.2 JTS 4x2

939A000–

3.2 JTS 4x4

939A000

939DXG2B 08

2.0 JTDM ()939B3000

939DXP1B 58
939DXP1B 58B

2.0 JTDM () (**)

844A2000

939DXQ1B 60
939DXQ1B 60B

2.4 JTDM

939A9000

939DXM1B 43() Euro 5 versions(**) For specific markets

Alfawiki.nl

Engine code

939B1000

939A5000

939A000

939B3000
844A2000 (*)

939A9000

Otto

Otto

Otto

DieselDiesel4 in line

6 in line

6 in 60° V

4 in line

5 in line

4

4

4

4

4

Cycle
Number and layout of cylinders
Valves per cylinder
Piston bore and strokemm

83.0 x 80.5

85.6 X 89

85.6 x 89

83.0 x 90.4

82 X 90.4

Total displacement

3

cm

1742

3195

3195

1956

2387

Maximum power (EEC)

kW
HP
rpm

147
200
5000

191
260
6300

191
260
6300

120 (*)/125
163 (*)/170
4000

154
210
4000

Nm
kgm
rpm

320
32.6
1400

322
32.8
4500

322
32.8
4500

360
36.7
1750

400
40.8
1500

Spark plugs

NGK ILKAR7D6G

NGKFR5CP

BOSCH
HR7MPP152

–

–

Fuel

Unleaded petrol
95 RON(Specification
EN228)

Unleaded petrol
95 RON(Specification
EN228)

Unleaded petrol
95 RON(Specification
EN228)

Diesel fuel for
motor vehicles(Specification
EN590)

Diesel fuel for
motor vehicles(Specification
EN590)(*) For specific markets(**) Selespeed version

corresponding ratio
Maximum torque (EEC)
corresponding ratio

To change plugs contact Alfa Romeo Authorized
Alfawiki.nlServices.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

2.4 JTDM

SAFETYDEVICES

2.0 JTDM

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

3.2 JTSWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

2.2 JTS (**)

IN AN
EMERGENCY

1750 TURBOBENZINATECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

GENERALINDEX

ENGINE

239

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSFUEL FEED/IGNITION
1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.2 JTS - 3.2 JTS

2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM

Direct injection

Multijet direct injection, variable geometry
turbosupercharger and intercooler

SAFETYDEVICES

Fuel feed

INDEX

CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Modifications or repairs to the fuel feed system that are not carried out properly or do nottake the system’s technical specifications into account can cause malfunctions leading to
the risk of fire.

240

TRANSMISSION
1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM - 3.2 JTS 4x2

3.2 JTS 4x4

Gearbox

Six forward gears + reverse andsynchronisers for forward speeds

Six forward gears + reverse andsynchronisers for forward
speedsClutchDry single disk with hydraulic control

Dry single disk
with hydraulic control

Drive

Front drive

Four-wheel drive

IMPORTANT In the event of difficult disengagement, due to significant difference of grip between front and rear axle, do
not insist with heavy accelerations: it is actually more effective an attempt of disengagement at medium slow engine rpm,with pauses of a few seconds if several attempts are necessary.

Alfawiki.nl

2.2 JTS - 1750 TURBO BENZINA

3.2 JTS - 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM

Disc, self-ventilating
Disc

Disc, self-ventilating
Disc, self-ventilating

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSBRAKESSTEERING
1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.2 JTS - 3.2 JTS - 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM
Type

Rack and pinion with hydraulic power steering

Turning radius(between pavements)

10.7

SUSPENSIONS
1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.2 JTS - 3.2 JTS - 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM
Front

High quadrilateral system

Rear

Multi-link system

CORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESWARNING Water, ice and antifreeze salt on roads may deposit on the brake discs thus reducing braking efficiency at first braking.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Controlled by hand lever, it works on rear brakes

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Parking brake

INDEX– front– rearSAFETYDEVICES

Service brakes:

Alfawiki.nl
241

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYCAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Load rating (capacity)

WHEELSRIMS AND TYRES
Alloy rims. Tubeless tyres with radial carcass. The homologated tyres are listed
in the Log book.
WARNING In the event of discrepancies between the information provided on this “Owner’s Manual” and the“Log book”, consider the specifications
shown in the log book only.

SPACE-SAVER SPARE WHEEL
Pressed steel rim. Tubeless tyre.

On cars fitted with four-wheel drive, allfour tyres should be the same (brandand track) to prevent damaging the 4WD system. The efficiency of the 4-WD
system however, is not jeopardized iftyres with different wear conditions are
fitted.

UNDERSTANDING
TYRE MARKING fig. 5

Attaining to the prescribed size, to ensure safety of the car in movement, it
must be fitted with tyres of the same
make and type on all wheels.

55 = Percentage height/width ratio(H/S).

WARNING Do not use inner tubes
with Tubeless tyres.

Example: 215/55 R 16 93 V
215= Nominal width (S, distance between sidewalls in mm).

R

INDEX

= Radial tyre.

16 = Rim diameter in inches. (Ø).
93 = Load rating (capacity).
V

242

A0F0186m

fig. 5= Maximum speed index.

Alfawiki.nl

60 = 250 kg
61 = 257 kg
62 = 265 kg
63 = 272 kg
64 = 280 kg
65 = 290 kg
66 = 300 kg
67 = 307 kg
68 = 315 kg
69 = 325 kg
70 = 335 kg
71 = 345 kg
72 = 355 kg
73 = 365 kg
74 = 375 kg
75 = 387 kg
76 = 400 kg
77 = 412 kg
78 = 425 kg
79 = 437 kg
80 = 450 kg
81 = 462 kg
82 = 475 kg
83 = 487 kg

84 = 500 kg
85 = 515 kg
86 = 530 kg
87 = 545 kg
88 = 560 kg
89 = 580 kg
90 = 600 kg
91 = 615 kg
92 = 630 kg
93 = 650 kg
94 = 670 kg
95 = 690 kg
96 = 710 kg
97 = 730 kg
98 = 750 kg
99 = 775 kg
100 = 800 kg
101 = 825 kg
102 = 850 kg
103 = 875 kg
104 = 900 kg
105 = 925 kg
106 = 950 kg

Q M + S = up to 160 km/h.
T M + S = up to 190 km/h.
H M + S = up to 210 km/h.

= rim drop center outline (sideprojection where the tyre beadrests) 2.

16 = rim nominal diameter in inches (corresponds to diameter of
the tyre to be mounted) (3 =Ø).
H2 = “hump” shape and number (relief on the circumference holding the Tubeless tyre bead on
the rim).
43 = wheel camber angle (distance
between the disc/rim supporting plane and the wheel rim
centre line).

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESJ

A0F0310m

fig. 6

RIM PROTECTOR TYRES
fig. 6WARNINGIf after-sale tyres withrim protector are used
(fig. 6) and the car has integral cups fixed (by springs) tothe sheet wheel, DO NOT fit
wheel cups. The use of unsuitable tyres and wheel cups
could cause a sudden pressure loss of the tyre.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR= rim width in inches 1.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES7IN AN
EMERGENCY

Maximum speed rating
for snow tyres

Example: 7 J x 16 H2 ET 43

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Q = up to 160 km/h.
R = up to 170 km/h.
S = up to 180 km/h.
T = up to 190 km/h.
U = up to 200 km/h.
H = up to 210 km/h.
V = up to 240 km/h.
W = up to 270 km/h.
Y = up to 300 km/h.

UNDERSTANDING RIM
MARKING

INDEX

Maximum speed rating

Alfawiki.nl
243

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

TYRES
1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.2 JTS - 3.2 JTS - 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM
Standard
tyres

Optional

Space-saver
spare wheel(for versions/markets where
provided)

INDEX

CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

(*)

244

rim
tyre

7,5Jx17" (*) alloy
225/50 R17 98W

rim
tyre

8Jx19" alloy
235/40 ZR19 96Y (O)

rim
tyre

8Jx18" alloy
235/45 R18 98W (O)rim

4,00B x17"

tyre

T125/80 R17

Tyres that cannot be fitted with traditional snow chains. Only “spider” type chains can be used.

WARNING Snow tyres with speed index H are recommended.
(▼) Unchainable tyres. When using winter tyres, use 225/50 R17 98 tyres or 235/45 R18 98.

Also for 3.2 JTS version, snow chains shall be fitted on the FRONT axle of the car.

On tyres 225/50 R17” only “spider” type chains can be used.

Tyres 235/45 R18” and 235/40 ZR 19” cannot be fitted with snow chains due to interAlfawiki.nl
ference with fender.

bar

2.5

2.5

2.7

2.5

2.7

2.5

full load

bar

2.7

2.7

2.8

2.6

2.9

2.7

4.2

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.
With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.
Inflate tyres to full load pressures if driving at continuous speed exceeding 160 km/h.
(▼) Unchainable tyres. When using winter tyres, use 225/50 R17 98 tyres or 235/45 R18 98.

T125/80 R17

SAFETYDEVICESaverage load

Sapce-saver spare wheel

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Tyres
Tyres
235/45 R18 98W (O) 235/40 ZR19 96Y (O)
front
rear
front
rear

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Tyres
225/50 R17 98W
front
rear

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSCOLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE

Alfawiki.nl
245

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES

1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.2 JTS - 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM versions– camberfront wheels:

Rear wheels:

INDEX– half toe-in
17” rim (*)
18” rim (*)–34’ ± 18’
max. difference right/left: 24’
4° 15’ ± 18’
max. difference right/left: 18’–1.00 ± 0.5 mm–1.05 ± 0.5 mm–56’ ± 18’
max. difference right/left: 24’–1.63 ± 0.9 mm–1.73 ± 0.9 mm

3.2 JTS version

IN AN
EMERGENCYCAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

246– caster– half toe-in
17” rim (*)
18” rim (*)– camber

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWHEEL GEOMETRY– camber
Front wheels:– caster– half toe-in
17” rim (*)
18” rim (*)– camberRear wheels:– half toe-in
17” rim (*)
18” rim (*)(*) values in degrees: – 8’ ± 4’ (maximum right/leftAlfawiki.nl
difference: 4’)–26’ ± 18’
max. difference right/left: 24’
4° 15’ ± 18’
max. difference right/left: 18’–1.00 ± 0.5 mm–1.05 ± 0.5 mm–58’ ± 18’
max. difference right/left: 24’–1.63 ± 0.9 mm–1.73 ± 0.9 mm

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSDIMENSIONSSAFETYDEVICES

Dimensions are
expressed in mm andrefer to the car fittedwith standard tyres.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Min. size variations
when optional tyres are
fitted.

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

The height refers to
the car unladen.

BOOT VOLUME

fig. 6
A0F0044m

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

4410

1000

2528

882

1341

1593
1579 (■)

1830

1573
1559 (■)

INDEXATECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Boot volume: 220 dm3(or 300 dm3 according
to versions)(■) With tyres 225/50 R17”

Alfawiki.nl
247

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Top speed

Kilometer with standing start

km/h

Accelerationfrom 0-100 km/h
sec.

235

7.7

28.9

3.2 JTS 4x2

250 (*)

7.0

26.9

3.2 JTS 4x4

244

6.8

27.2

2.0 JTDM

218/215 (**)

8.8/9.0 (**)

30.2/30.5 (**)

2.4 JTDM

231

7.9

28.4

1750 TURBO BENZINA(*) With Michelin 17” tyre(**) For specific markets

INDEX

CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYPERFORMANCE

248

Alfawiki.nl

sec.

Weight empty(including fluids, 90% fuelin the tank and no optional)

1430

1540

1605

1480

1575

Maximum admitted load (*)– front axle
– rear axle
– total

1100
1050
1890

1200
1050
2000

1200
1050
2065

1200
1050
1940

1200
1050
2035

Payload including
driver (**)

460

460

460

460

460

Towable loads

1450

1500

1500

1500

1500

Max. loadon ball

60

60

60

60

60

Max. loadon tailgate (***)

80

80

80

80

80

(*)

Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads in the boot an/or on the roof sothat they comply with these limits.

(**) If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch etc.) the unladen weight increases, thus reducing the payload as specified in the
maximum weight allowed.

INDEX(***) Lineaccessori Alfa Romeo roof racks, max. capacity: 50 kg.

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

2.4 JTDM

SAFETYDEVICES

2.0 JTDM

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

3.2 JTS 4x4

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

3.2 JTS 4x2

IN AN
EMERGENCY

1750 TURBOBENZINA

Weights (kg)

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

WEIGHTS

Alfawiki.nl
249

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES

1750 TURBOBENZINA

3.2 JTS

2.0 JTDM

2.4 JTDM

IN AN
EMERGENCY
INDEX

CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

250

Specified fuels
and original lubricants

Fuel tank:– including a reserve oflitreslitres

70 ●
10 ●

70 ●
10 ●

70 ❍
10 ❍

70 ❍
10 ❍

● Unleaded petrol with no less than
95 R.O.N. (Specifica EN228)❍ Diesel fuel for motor vehicles(EN590 Specification)

Engine cooling systemlitres

6.6

10.3

6.1

7.35

Mixture of 50% water and PARAFLUUP (❑)

Lubrication systemenginelitres

5.0 ✰

5.4 ■

4.9 ★

6.4 ❑

Mechanical gearbox/
differential

litres

2.0

2.8

2.8

2.8

Windscreen washer fluid reservoir
with headlight washer
litres

6.0

6.0

6.0

6.0

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

CAPACITIES■ SELENIA StAR
✰ SELENIA StAR P.E.
(1750 TURBO BENZINA versions)❑ SELENIA WR★ SELENIA WR P.E. (2.0 JTDM versions)
TUTELA CAR MATRYX
Mixture of water and
TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35(❑) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% PARAFLUUP and 40% demineralized water mixture.

Alfawiki.nl

Lubricants for
petrol engines(2.2 JTS and
3.2 JTS versions)

Synthetic-based oils, SAE 5W-40 grade.
FIAT 9.55535-H2 qualification

SELENIA StAR
Contractual Technical
Reference N° F216.D05

According toService Schedule

Lubricant for
petrol engines(1750 TURBOBENZINA versions)

Synthetic-based oils, SAE 5W-40 grade, ACEA C3.
FIAT 9.55535-S2 qualification

SELENIA StAR P.E.
Contractual Technical
Reference N° F603.D08

According toService Schedule

Lubricants fordiesel engines(2.4 JTDM versions)

Synthetic-based oils, SAE 5W-40 grade.
FIAT 9.55535-N2 qualification

SELENIA WR
Contractual Technical
Reference N° F515.D06

According toService Schedule

Lubricants fordiesel engines(2.0 JTDM versions)

Synthetic-based oils, SAE 5W-30 grade.
FIAT 9.55535-S1 qualification

SELENIA WR P.E.
Contractual Technical
Reference N° F510.D07

According toService Schedule

For diesel engines, in the event of emergencies when genuine products are not available, lubricants providing at least ACEA B4 or
ACEA C2 performance are allowed; in that case, engine best performance is not guaranteed; we recommend to have it replaced assoon as possible with the recommended lubricants by the Alfa Romeo Authorized Services.
Use of products with low-quality properties than ACEA A3 and ACEA B4 could cause damages to the engine that are not covered by the
Alfawiki.nl
warranty.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

ChangeWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Original fluids
and lubricants

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Fluid and lubricant specifications
for correct car operation

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Use

INDEX

RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS AND THEIR SPECIFICATIONSSAFETYDEVICESDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSFLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS

251

Lubricants andgreases
for transmission

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSINDEXCARTECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICES

Use

252

Fluid and lubricant specifications
for correct car operation

Original fluids
and lubricantsApplications

Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-85
Passes API GL 4 specifications.
Qualification FIAT 9.55550-MZ1

TUTELA CAR
MATRYX
Contractual Technical
Reference N° F108.F02

Mechanical gearbox anddifferential

Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-90
Passes API GL-5, ZF-TE ML 18 specifications.
Qualification FIAT 9.55550-DA3

TUTELA
MULTIAXLE
Contractual Technical
Reference N° F426.E06

Rear differential andtransmission unit
(3.2 JTS version)

Synthetic fluid for hydraulic and electrohydraulic systems.
Qualification FIAT 9.55550-AG3.

TUTELA GI/R
Contractual Technical
Reference N° F428.H04
TUTELA ALL STAR
Contractual Technical
Reference N° F702.G07

Power steering

TUTELA STAR 700
Contractual Technical
Reference N° F701.C07
TUTELA TOP 4
Contractual Technical
Reference N° F001.A93

CV joints
on differential side

Grease containing Molybdenum bisulphide for high temperatureappliances. N.L.G.I. 1-2 consistency.
Qualification FIAT 9.55580.
Grease for homokinetic joints with low friction coefficient.
NLGI 0-1 consistency.
Qualification FIAT 9.55580.

CV joints
on wheel side

Brake fluid

Synthetic fluid for Brake and clutch controls FMVSS n° 116
DOT 4, ISO 4925, SAE J1704, CUNA NC 956-01
Qualification FIAT 9.55597.

Protective agent
for radiators

Protective with antifreeze action, red colour based on inhibitedmonoethylen glycol and organic formula, that passes
CUNA NC 956-16, ASTM D 3306 specifications
Qualification FIAT 9.555523.

PARAFLUUP (●)
Contractual Technical
Reference N° F101.M01

Cooling circuits
Proportion:
50% water and
50% PARAFLUUP (❑)

Additive fordiesel fuelAdditive for diesel fuels with antifreeze and protective action forDiesel engines

To be mixed with fuel oil(25 cc per 10 litres)

Windscreen/
headlight washer
fluid

Mixture of alcohol, water and surfactants CUNA NC 956-11
Qualification FIAT 9.55522.

TUTELADIESEL ART
Contractual Technical
Reference N° F601.L06
TUTELA
PROFESSIONAL SC 35
Contractual Technical
Reference N° F201.D02

Alfawiki.nl(●) IMPORTANT Do not top up or mix with fluids having different specifications from those described here.
(❑) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% PARAFLUUP and 40% demineralized water mixture.

Hydraulic brake andclutch controls

To be used diluted orundiluted in windscreen/
rear window washer/wiper systems

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIMPORTANT The type of route,traffic situations, weather conditions, driving style, general conditions of the car, trim level/
equipment/accessories, load, climate control system, roof rack,other situations that affect air
drag may lead to different fuelconsumption levels than thosemeasured.

Urban

Extra-urban

Combined

1750 TURBO BENZINA

11.8

6.0

8.1

3.2 JTS 4x2

16.4

7.9

11.0

3.2 JTS 4x4

16.7

8.3

11.4

2.0 JTDM

7.1

4.4

5.4

2.4 JTDM

9.2

5.4

6.8
INDEX

FUEL CONSUMPTION ACCORDING
TO EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE IN FORCE(litres/100 km)

IN AN
EMERGENCY

The fuel consumption figures given in
the table below are determined on thebasis of the homologation tests set
down by specific European Directives.

The procedures below are followed formeasuring consumption:– urban cycle: cold starting followedby driving that simulates urban use of
the car;– extra-urban cycle: frequent accelerating in all gears, simulating extraurban use of the car; the speed varies
between 0 and 120 km/h;– combined consumption: is calculated weighing about 37% of urban
cycle consumption and about 63% of
extraurban consumption.

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

FUEL CONSUMPTION

Alfawiki.nl
253

CO2 EMISSIONS ACCORDING TO EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE IN FORCE (g/km)
1750 TURBO BENZINA

3.2 JTS 4x2

3.2 JTS 4x4

2.0 JTDM

2.4 JTDM

189

260

270

142

179

INDEX

CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESSAFETYDEVICESThe CO2 emission levels given in the following table refer to combined consumption.

CORRECT USE
OF THE CARDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

CO2 EMISSIONS

254

Alfawiki.nl

T939
European Union andCountries applying
EC directive

NTR9390523

0523

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICES

Certification number

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: Ministerial Certifications

Australia–

N15278Brazil
❒❒HHHH-AA-FFFF

HHHH-AA-FFFF

Bulgaria

CMII ID : 2006DJ0351

CMII ID : 2006DJ0352❒ Data unavailable at the time of printing.

INDEX

China

IN AN
EMERGENCY❒TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE❒WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES

Argentina

Alfawiki.nl
255

T939

NTR939

Malaysia
AA 000000 E❒

AA 000000 E

MexicoMorocco

AGREE PAR L’ANRT MAROC
Numéro d’agrément : MR 2395 ANRT 2006
Date d’agrément : 13/01/2006

AGREE PAR L’ANRT MAROC
Numéro d’agrément : MR 2394 ANRT 2006
Date d’agrément : 13/01/2006

Singapore

Complies withIDA Standards
DA 104022

Complies withIDA Standards
DA 104022

INDEX

CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCY

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR❒WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESSAFETYDEVICESDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

Certification number

256

YYYYXXXX-XXXYYYYXXXX-XXX❒❒South Africa

TaiwanTA-2005/701
APPROVED

TA-2005/702
APPROVEDXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX❒❒❒ Data unavailable at the time of printing.

Alfawiki.nl

Alfawiki.nl
257

INDEX

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

258
INDEX

Alfawiki.nl

CAR
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

SAFETYDEVICESDASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS

Battery– jump starting ..................... 170– recharging ......................... 204– replacing ........................... 222

Capacities ...................... 112-250
Car inactivity ........................... 150
Car maintenance ................ 209– periodical checks ................ 213– service Schedule ................. 211– scheduled service ................ 210– use of the car under heavy
conditions .......................... 213
Carrying children safely ............. 121
Alfawiki.nl– child restraint systems ......... 124

Dashboard ............................. 8
Dashboard and controls .... 6
Dashboard buttons ................... 67

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES– passenger’s seat compliance .. 124– presetting for mounting
the “Universal Isofix”
child restraint system .......... 126
Ceiling lights ........................... 75
Checking fluid levels ................. 214
Cigar lighter ............................ 82
Climate control system .............. 49– automatic two-zone . ........... 54– manual ............................. 51
CO2 emissions ......................... 254
CODE card .............................. 11
Containing running costs ........... 145
Controls ................................. 77
Correct use of the car ........ 137
Courtesy mirror light– bulb replacement ................ 191
Cruise Control .......................... 72

IN AN
EMERGENCY– useful advice forlengthening the life ............. 224
Bodywork (cleaning) ................ 230
Bonnet ................................... 96
Boot ...................................... 90– light replacement ................ 192
Brakes ................................... 241
Brake lights ............................ 188
Bulb (replacement) .................. 182– general instructions ............. 182– types of bulbs .................... 183

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

ABS system ............................ 99
Accessories purchasedby the owner ........................ 106
Additional heater ..................... 64
Air/pollen filter ........................ 222
Air vents ................................. 50
Alarm ..................................... 17
Alfa Romeo CODE system .......... 9
Armrest– central .............................. 80– rear .................................. 81
Ashtray .................................. 82
ASR system ............................ 102
At the filling station ......... 112-250
Automatic headlight sensor ........ 66
Automatic two zone
climate control system ............ 54

INDEX

INDEX

259

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESDPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) .... 114

Engine starting ........................ 138

Dimensions ............................. 247

Environment protection ............. 114

Fuel cut-off and power
supply switches ..................... 77

Dipped beam headlights

EOBD system .......................... 104

Fuel feed ................................ 240– bulb replacement ................ 186

External lights ......................... 65

Fuel filler cap .......................... 113

Fix&Go automatic (device) ....... 176

INDEXTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

IN AN
EMERGENCYWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESCORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Direction indicators
186-187-188

Flashing the headlights ............. 65– control .............................. 65

Fluid level checks ..................... 214

Doors ..................................... 86

Fluids and lubricants ................. 251– bulb replacement

Follow me home (device) ......... 66

Gearbox (use) ........................ 144
Glove compartment .................. 81
Glove compartment light– bulb replacement ................ 192

Electronic key .......................... 11

Front air bags .......................... 128

Handbrake ............................. 143

EngineFront ceiling lights

Hazard lights ........................... 67– identification code ............... 238– bulb replacement ................ 191

Head restraints ........................ 44– marking ............................ 237– control .............................. 75

Headlight washer

Front fog lights– control .............................. 71– bulb replacement ................ 188– fluid level .......................... 219– control .............................. 67

Headlights

Engine oil

Front headlights (washed) ........ 232– adjusting headlight beam ..... 97– consumption ...................... 217

Fuel– headlight adjustment abroad.. 98– level check ........................ 216– consumption ...................... 253– headlight aiming device ....... 97– specifications ..................... 251– fuel cut-off switch ............... 77– front fog light adjustment ..... 98

Alfawiki.nl– fuel gauge ......................... 22

Hill Holder system .................... 102– technical data .................... 239
Engine compartment (washed) .. 233
Entine coolant
temperature gauge ................. 23

Engine oil temperature gauge .... 24

260

Fuses (replacement) ................ 194– control .............................. 65

Labels– identification data ............... 236– bodywork paint .................. 237
Level checks ........................... 214
Main beam headlights– bulb replacement ................ 185– control .............................. 65
Manual climate control system ... 51
MSR system ........................... 103

Rear fog lights
Paint ..................................... 231– bulb replacement ................ 188

Parking . ................................. 143– control .............................. 67

Parking lights

Rearview mirrors ...................... 46– control .............................. 67

Rear window washer

Parking sensors ....................... 106– control .............................. 71

Performance ........................... 248– fluid level .......................... 219

Power windows ....................... 88
Pretensioners .......................... 118

Rear window wiper– control .............................. 71– nozzle .............................. 229

Protecting the environment ........ 114

Reconfigurable multifunction
display ................................. 26

Puddle light

Rev counter ............................ 22– bulb replacement ................ 193

Reverse light– bulb replacement ................ 188

Quick tyre repair kit
Fix&Go automatic .................. 176
Radio frequency remote control:
Alfawiki.nl
ministerial certifications ........... 255

DASHBOARDAND
CONTROLS– blades .............................. 228

Rims– understanding rim marking ... 243
Roof rack/ski rack ................... 97

IN AN
EMERGENCY

Power supply and fuelcut-off switches ...................... 77

SAFETYDEVICES

Rain sensor ............................. 69

80-83

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

Oddments compartments ..

WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESRadio transmittersand cellular telephones ........... 105

TECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Jacking the car ........................ 205

Number plate light .................. 190

INDEX

Identification data .................... 236
If an exterior light burns out ...... 185
If an interior light burns out ....... 191
Ignition device ......................... 19
In an emergency ................ 169
Inactivity of the car .................. 152
Installation of electric/
electronic devices ................... 105
Instrument panel ..................... 8
Instruments ............................ 22
Interior fittings ......................... 80
Interiors ................................. 233
Isofix universal (child's seat) ..... 126

Rubber hoses .......................... 228

261

DASHBOARD
AND
CONTROLSSAFETYDEVICESCORRECT USE
OF THE CARWARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGESIN AN
EMERGENCYTECHNICALCARSPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE

Safe lock device ...................... 14

Sun curtains ............................ 83

Safety devices ......................... 115

Sun visors ............................... 83

S.B.R. system ......................... 117

Suspensions ............................ 241

Seat belts ............................... 116

Symbols .................................

Seats

INDEX

Wheel geometry ...................... 246
Wheel rims

Technical Specifications ...... 235– understanding rim marking ... 243

Third brake light ...................... 190

WheelsTop speeds .............................. 248– changing ........................... 171– manually adjustable
front seats ......................... 41

Towing the car ......................... 206– technical data .................... 242

Towing trailers ......................... 147

Wheels and tyres ..................... 226– with electric warming .......... 43

T.P.M.S. system ....................... 109

Windows (cleaning) ........

Side/taillights

Transmission ........................... 240– bulb replacement ....... 186-188

Trip computer .......................... 37– control .............................. 65

Turbocharger pressure gauge ...... 24

Side air bags ........................... 132

Tyres

Ski tunnel ............................... 81– changing ........................... 171– cleaning ............................ 233– electrically adjustable
front seats ......................... 42

Smart washing ........................ 69
Snow chains ........................... 149
Sound system ......................... 104
Steering ................................. 241
Steering lock ........................... 21
Steering wheel (adjustment) ..... 45262

9Warning lights
and messages ................... 151
Weights ................................. 249– inflation pressures ............... 245– snow tyres ........................ 148– standard tyres .................... 244– understanding tyre marking .. 242

Alfawiki.nl
VDC system........................... 100

68-232Windscreen washer– control .............................. 68– fluid level .......................... 219
Windscreen wiper– blades .............................. 228– control .............................. 68– nozzle .............................. 229

RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSIONDASHBOARD

fig. 1

A0F0188m

1. Adjustable and swivel side air vents - 2. Front side window demisting/defrosting vents - 3. Passenger’s air bag 4. Fuel level gauge/engine coolant temperature gauge/engine oil temperature gauge (petrol versions) or turbocharger pressure gauge (diesel versions) - 5. Adjustable swivel centre air vents - 6. Upper central vent - 7. External lights control lever 8. Driver’s air bag and horn - 9. Instrument panel - 10. Windscreen wiper control lever - 11. Front side window demisting/defrosting vents - 12. Adjustable swivel side air vents - 13. Switches for external lights, trip meter reset and headlamp
aiming device - 14. Dashboard fusebox lid - 15. Bonnet opening lever - 16. Sound system controls on the steering wheel(where provided) - 17. Driver’s knees air bag - 18. Cruise Control lever (where provided) - 19. Ignition device - 20. EnAlfawiki.nlcontrols - 22. Sound system (where provided) gine START/STOP button - 21. Heating/ventilation/climate
23. Glove box - 24. Passenger’s knees air bag (where provided)

263

RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSIONINSTRUMENT PANEL

A. Speedometer (speed indicator)
B. Warning lights - C. Rev counter D. Multifunction display
m c Warning lights on diesel
versions only
On diesel versions the rev counter end
scale value is at 6000 rpm.

A0F0082m

fig. 2

Alfawiki.nl
264

PROVISIONS FOR THE PROCESSING OF A VEHICLE
AT THE END OF ITS LIFE-CYCLE
For years now Alfa Romeo has been developing its global commitment towards the safeguarding and protection of the Environment
through the continuous improvement of its production processes and the making of increasingly more “eco friendly” products. With a view
to guaranteeing the best possible service to clients in full observance of environmental standards and in response to the obligations imposed by European Directive 2000/53/EC on end-of-life vehicles, Alfa Romeo offers its clients the possibility to hand in their vehicle*
at the end of its life span without additional costs.
The European Directive, in fact, provides for the take-back of the vehicle without the last holder or owner of the same incurring expenses due to the fact that the market value of the vehicle is zero or negative. In particular, in almost all of the countries of theEuropean Union, up until 1st January 2007, take-back of the vehicle free of charge only applies to vehicles registered from 1 July 2002
on, while, from 2007 on, take-back will be carried out free of charge, independently of the year of registration, provided that the vehicle still contains all its essential component parts (especially engine and body) and is free from additional waste materials.
Our contracted network of authorised treatment facilities has been carefully selected in order to provide a quality service to our customers
by de-polluting and recycling “End of Life Vehicles” to approved environmental standards. To find out the location of your nearest authorised treatment facility, offering free of charge take-back, simply contact one of our dealers or refer to the Alfa Romeo web site or callthe toll free number 00800 2532 0000.
* Passenger transportation vehicles to seat a max. of nine persons, having a total admissible weight of 3.5 t

Alfawiki.nl

Alfawiki.nl

Oil change? The experts recommend Selenia

The engine of your car is factory filled with Selenia.
This is an engine oil range which satisfies the most advanced
international specifications. Its superior technical characteristics
allow Selenia to guarantee the highest performanceand protection of your engine.
The Selenia range includes a number of technologically advanced products:
SELENIA SPORT
Fully synthetic lubricant capable of meeting the needs ofhigh performance engines.
Studied to protect the engine also in high thermal stressconditions, it prevents deposits on the turbine to achieve
the utmost performance in total safety.

SELENIA StAR PURE ENERGY
Synthetic lubricant designed for petrol engines that needproducts with a low ash content. It maximises thecharacteristics of engines with high specific power,protects the parts mostly subjected to stress and helps
to keep modern catalysts clean.

SELENIA WR PURE ENERGY
Fully synthetic lubricant that can meet the requirements of
the latest diesel engines.
Low ash content to protect the particulate filter from theresidual products of combustion. High Fuel Economy
System that allows considerable fuel saving.
It reduces the danger of dirtying the turbine to ensure theprotection of increasingly high performance diesel
engines

SELENIA RACING
This lubricant has been developed as a result of Selenia’s
extensive experience in track and rally competitions,
it maximises engine performance in all kinds ofcompetition use.
The range also includes K Pure Energy, Selenia Digitech,
Selenia Multipower, Selenia 20K, Selenia 20K AR.
For further information on Selenia products visit the website www.selenia.com

Alfawiki.nl

COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE
Tyres
225/50 R17 98W
front
rear

Tyres
235/45 R18 98W (O)
front
rear

Tyres
235/40 ZR19 96Y (O)
front
rear

average load

bar

2.5

2.5

2.7

2.5

2.7

2.5

full load

bar

2.7

2.7

2.8

2.6

2.9

2.7

Sapce-saver spare wheel
T125/80 R17

4.2

Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.
With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.
Inflate tyres to full load pressures if driving at continuous speed exceeding 160 km/h(▼) Unchainable tyres. When using winter tyres, use 225/50 R17 98 tyres or 235/45 R18 98.

ENGINE OIL CHANGE (litres)
Engine oil circuit

1750 TURBO BENZINA

3.2 JTS

2.0 JTDM

2.4 JTDM

5.0

5.4

4.9

6.4

Do not discard used oil in the environment.

REFUELLING (litres)
1750 TURBO BENZINA - 2.0 JTDM - 2.4 JTDM - 3.2 JTS
Fuel tank capacity

70

Reserve10

For cars with petrol engine, only use unleaded petrol with no less than 95 (R.O.N.).
For cars with diesel engine, only use diesel fuel for motor vehicles (Specification EN590).

CUSTOMER SERVICESTECHNICAL SERVICES – SERVICE ENGINEERING
Largo Senatore G. Agnelli, 5 – 10040 Volvera – Torino (Italia)
Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A.
Publication no. 60438106 – 3 Edition – 04/2010
All rights reserved. Reproduction, even in part is prohibited without written permission
from Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A.

SERVICE

Alfawiki.nl

ENGLISH

Alfawiki.nl

SERVICE